8874 lines
248 KiB
Objective-C
8874 lines
248 KiB
Objective-C
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
// Name: stc/stc.h
|
|
// Purpose: interface of wxStyledTextCtrl
|
|
// Author: wxWidgets team
|
|
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
IMPORTANT: This file is generated by src/stc/gen_iface.py from
|
|
src/stc/stc.interface.h.in. Do not edit the file in
|
|
interface/wx/stc or your changes will be lost.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
// STC constants {{{
|
|
|
|
#define wxSTC_INVALID_POSITION -1
|
|
|
|
/// Define start of Scintilla messages to be greater than all Windows edit (EM_*) messages
|
|
/// as many EM_ messages can be used although that use is deprecated.
|
|
#define wxSTC_START 2000
|
|
#define wxSTC_OPTIONAL_START 3000
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEXER_START 4000
|
|
#define wxSTC_WS_INVISIBLE 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_WS_VISIBLEALWAYS 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_WS_VISIBLEAFTERINDENT 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_WS_VISIBLEONLYININDENT 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_TD_LONGARROW 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_TD_STRIKEOUT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_EOL_CRLF 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_EOL_CR 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_EOL_LF 2
|
|
|
|
/// The SC_CP_UTF8 value can be used to enter Unicode mode.
|
|
/// This is the same value as CP_UTF8 in Windows
|
|
#define wxSTC_CP_UTF8 65001
|
|
#define wxSTC_IME_WINDOWED 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_IME_INLINE 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARKER_MAX 31
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARK_CIRCLE 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARK_ROUNDRECT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARK_ARROW 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARK_SMALLRECT 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARK_SHORTARROW 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARK_EMPTY 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARK_ARROWDOWN 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARK_MINUS 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARK_PLUS 8
|
|
|
|
/// Shapes used for outlining column.
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARK_VLINE 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARK_LCORNER 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARK_TCORNER 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARK_BOXPLUS 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARK_BOXPLUSCONNECTED 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARK_BOXMINUS 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARK_BOXMINUSCONNECTED 15
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARK_LCORNERCURVE 16
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARK_TCORNERCURVE 17
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARK_CIRCLEPLUS 18
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARK_CIRCLEPLUSCONNECTED 19
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARK_CIRCLEMINUS 20
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARK_CIRCLEMINUSCONNECTED 21
|
|
|
|
/// Invisible mark that only sets the line background colour.
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARK_BACKGROUND 22
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARK_DOTDOTDOT 23
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARK_ARROWS 24
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARK_PIXMAP 25
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARK_FULLRECT 26
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARK_LEFTRECT 27
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARK_AVAILABLE 28
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARK_UNDERLINE 29
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARK_RGBAIMAGE 30
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARK_BOOKMARK 31
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARK_CHARACTER 10000
|
|
|
|
/// Markers used for outlining column.
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARKNUM_FOLDEREND 25
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARKNUM_FOLDEROPENMID 26
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARKNUM_FOLDERMIDTAIL 27
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARKNUM_FOLDERTAIL 28
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARKNUM_FOLDERSUB 29
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARKNUM_FOLDER 30
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARKNUM_FOLDEROPEN 31
|
|
#define wxSTC_MASK_FOLDERS 0xFE000000
|
|
#define wxSTC_MAX_MARGIN 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARGIN_SYMBOL 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARGIN_NUMBER 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARGIN_BACK 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARGIN_FORE 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARGIN_TEXT 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARGIN_RTEXT 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARGIN_COLOUR 6
|
|
|
|
/// Styles in range 32..38 are predefined for parts of the UI and are not used as normal styles.
|
|
/// Style 39 is for future use.
|
|
#define wxSTC_STYLE_DEFAULT 32
|
|
#define wxSTC_STYLE_LINENUMBER 33
|
|
#define wxSTC_STYLE_BRACELIGHT 34
|
|
#define wxSTC_STYLE_BRACEBAD 35
|
|
#define wxSTC_STYLE_CONTROLCHAR 36
|
|
#define wxSTC_STYLE_INDENTGUIDE 37
|
|
#define wxSTC_STYLE_CALLTIP 38
|
|
#define wxSTC_STYLE_FOLDDISPLAYTEXT 39
|
|
#define wxSTC_STYLE_LASTPREDEFINED 39
|
|
#define wxSTC_STYLE_MAX 255
|
|
|
|
/// Character set identifiers are used in StyleSetCharacterSet.
|
|
/// The values are the same as the Windows *_CHARSET values.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_ANSI 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_DEFAULT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_BALTIC 186
|
|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_CHINESEBIG5 136
|
|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_EASTEUROPE 238
|
|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_GB2312 134
|
|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_GREEK 161
|
|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_HANGUL 129
|
|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_MAC 77
|
|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_OEM 255
|
|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_RUSSIAN 204
|
|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_OEM866 866
|
|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_CYRILLIC 1251
|
|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_SHIFTJIS 128
|
|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_SYMBOL 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_TURKISH 162
|
|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_JOHAB 130
|
|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_HEBREW 177
|
|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_ARABIC 178
|
|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_VIETNAMESE 163
|
|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_THAI 222
|
|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_8859_15 1000
|
|
#define wxSTC_CASE_MIXED 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_CASE_UPPER 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_CASE_LOWER 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_CASE_CAMEL 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_FONT_SIZE_MULTIPLIER 100
|
|
#define wxSTC_WEIGHT_NORMAL 400
|
|
#define wxSTC_WEIGHT_SEMIBOLD 600
|
|
#define wxSTC_WEIGHT_BOLD 700
|
|
|
|
/// Indicator style enumeration and some constants
|
|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_PLAIN 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_SQUIGGLE 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_TT 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_DIAGONAL 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_STRIKE 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_HIDDEN 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_BOX 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_ROUNDBOX 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_STRAIGHTBOX 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_DASH 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_DOTS 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_SQUIGGLELOW 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_DOTBOX 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_SQUIGGLEPIXMAP 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_COMPOSITIONTHICK 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_COMPOSITIONTHIN 15
|
|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_FULLBOX 16
|
|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_TEXTFORE 17
|
|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_POINT 18
|
|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_POINTCHARACTER 19
|
|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_IME 32
|
|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_IME_MAX 35
|
|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_MAX 35
|
|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_CONTAINER 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_INDICVALUEBIT 0x1000000
|
|
#define wxSTC_INDICVALUEMASK 0xFFFFFF
|
|
#define wxSTC_INDICFLAG_VALUEFORE 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_IV_NONE 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_IV_REAL 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_IV_LOOKFORWARD 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_IV_LOOKBOTH 3
|
|
|
|
/// PrintColourMode - use same colours as screen.
|
|
#define wxSTC_PRINT_NORMAL 0
|
|
|
|
/// PrintColourMode - invert the light value of each style for printing.
|
|
#define wxSTC_PRINT_INVERTLIGHT 1
|
|
|
|
/// PrintColourMode - force black text on white background for printing.
|
|
#define wxSTC_PRINT_BLACKONWHITE 2
|
|
|
|
/// PrintColourMode - text stays coloured, but all background is forced to be white for printing.
|
|
#define wxSTC_PRINT_COLOURONWHITE 3
|
|
|
|
/// PrintColourMode - only the default-background is forced to be white for printing.
|
|
#define wxSTC_PRINT_COLOURONWHITEDEFAULTBG 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_FIND_WHOLEWORD 0x2
|
|
#define wxSTC_FIND_MATCHCASE 0x4
|
|
#define wxSTC_FIND_WORDSTART 0x00100000
|
|
#define wxSTC_FIND_REGEXP 0x00200000
|
|
#define wxSTC_FIND_POSIX 0x00400000
|
|
#define wxSTC_FIND_CXX11REGEX 0x00800000
|
|
#define wxSTC_FOLDLEVELBASE 0x400
|
|
#define wxSTC_FOLDLEVELWHITEFLAG 0x1000
|
|
#define wxSTC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG 0x2000
|
|
#define wxSTC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK 0x0FFF
|
|
#define wxSTC_FOLDDISPLAYTEXT_HIDDEN 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_FOLDDISPLAYTEXT_STANDARD 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_FOLDDISPLAYTEXT_BOXED 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_FOLDACTION_CONTRACT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_FOLDACTION_EXPAND 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_FOLDACTION_TOGGLE 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_AUTOMATICFOLD_SHOW 0x0001
|
|
#define wxSTC_AUTOMATICFOLD_CLICK 0x0002
|
|
#define wxSTC_AUTOMATICFOLD_CHANGE 0x0004
|
|
#define wxSTC_FOLDFLAG_LINEBEFORE_EXPANDED 0x0002
|
|
#define wxSTC_FOLDFLAG_LINEBEFORE_CONTRACTED 0x0004
|
|
#define wxSTC_FOLDFLAG_LINEAFTER_EXPANDED 0x0008
|
|
#define wxSTC_FOLDFLAG_LINEAFTER_CONTRACTED 0x0010
|
|
#define wxSTC_FOLDFLAG_LEVELNUMBERS 0x0040
|
|
#define wxSTC_FOLDFLAG_LINESTATE 0x0080
|
|
#define wxSTC_TIME_FOREVER 10000000
|
|
#define wxSTC_IDLESTYLING_NONE 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_IDLESTYLING_TOVISIBLE 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_IDLESTYLING_AFTERVISIBLE 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_IDLESTYLING_ALL 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_WRAP_NONE 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_WRAP_WORD 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_WRAP_CHAR 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_WRAP_WHITESPACE 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_WRAPVISUALFLAG_NONE 0x0000
|
|
#define wxSTC_WRAPVISUALFLAG_END 0x0001
|
|
#define wxSTC_WRAPVISUALFLAG_START 0x0002
|
|
#define wxSTC_WRAPVISUALFLAG_MARGIN 0x0004
|
|
#define wxSTC_WRAPVISUALFLAGLOC_DEFAULT 0x0000
|
|
#define wxSTC_WRAPVISUALFLAGLOC_END_BY_TEXT 0x0001
|
|
#define wxSTC_WRAPVISUALFLAGLOC_START_BY_TEXT 0x0002
|
|
#define wxSTC_WRAPINDENT_FIXED 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_WRAPINDENT_SAME 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_WRAPINDENT_INDENT 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_CACHE_NONE 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_CACHE_CARET 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_CACHE_PAGE 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_CACHE_DOCUMENT 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_PHASES_ONE 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_PHASES_TWO 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_PHASES_MULTIPLE 2
|
|
|
|
/// Control font anti-aliasing.
|
|
#define wxSTC_EFF_QUALITY_MASK 0xF
|
|
#define wxSTC_EFF_QUALITY_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_EFF_QUALITY_NON_ANTIALIASED 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_EFF_QUALITY_ANTIALIASED 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_EFF_QUALITY_LCD_OPTIMIZED 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_MULTIPASTE_ONCE 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_MULTIPASTE_EACH 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_EDGE_NONE 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_EDGE_LINE 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_EDGE_BACKGROUND 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_EDGE_MULTILINE 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_POPUP_NEVER 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_POPUP_ALL 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_POPUP_TEXT 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_STATUS_OK 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_STATUS_FAILURE 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_STATUS_BADALLOC 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_STATUS_WARN_START 1000
|
|
#define wxSTC_STATUS_WARN_REGEX 1001
|
|
#define wxSTC_CURSORNORMAL -1
|
|
#define wxSTC_CURSORARROW 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_CURSORWAIT 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_CURSORREVERSEARROW 7
|
|
|
|
/// Constants for use with SetVisiblePolicy, similar to SetCaretPolicy.
|
|
#define wxSTC_VISIBLE_SLOP 0x01
|
|
#define wxSTC_VISIBLE_STRICT 0x04
|
|
|
|
/// Caret policy, used by SetXCaretPolicy and SetYCaretPolicy.
|
|
/// If CARET_SLOP is set, we can define a slop value: caretSlop.
|
|
/// This value defines an unwanted zone (UZ) where the caret is... unwanted.
|
|
/// This zone is defined as a number of pixels near the vertical margins,
|
|
/// and as a number of lines near the horizontal margins.
|
|
/// By keeping the caret away from the edges, it is seen within its context,
|
|
/// so it is likely that the identifier that the caret is on can be completely seen,
|
|
/// and that the current line is seen with some of the lines following it which are
|
|
/// often dependent on that line.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CARET_SLOP 0x01
|
|
|
|
/// If CARET_STRICT is set, the policy is enforced... strictly.
|
|
/// The caret is centred on the display if slop is not set,
|
|
/// and cannot go in the UZ if slop is set.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CARET_STRICT 0x04
|
|
|
|
/// If CARET_JUMPS is set, the display is moved more energetically
|
|
/// so the caret can move in the same direction longer before the policy is applied again.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CARET_JUMPS 0x10
|
|
|
|
/// If CARET_EVEN is not set, instead of having symmetrical UZs,
|
|
/// the left and bottom UZs are extended up to right and top UZs respectively.
|
|
/// This way, we favour the displaying of useful information: the beginning of lines,
|
|
/// where most code reside, and the lines after the caret, eg. the body of a function.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CARET_EVEN 0x08
|
|
#define wxSTC_SEL_STREAM 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_SEL_RECTANGLE 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_SEL_LINES 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_SEL_THIN 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_CASEINSENSITIVEBEHAVIOUR_RESPECTCASE 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_CASEINSENSITIVEBEHAVIOUR_IGNORECASE 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_MULTIAUTOC_ONCE 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_MULTIAUTOC_EACH 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_ORDER_PRESORTED 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_ORDER_PERFORMSORT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_ORDER_CUSTOM 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_CARETSTICKY_OFF 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_CARETSTICKY_ON 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_CARETSTICKY_WHITESPACE 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_ALPHA_OPAQUE 255
|
|
#define wxSTC_ALPHA_NOALPHA 256
|
|
#define wxSTC_CARETSTYLE_INVISIBLE 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_CARETSTYLE_LINE 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_CARETSTYLE_BLOCK 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARGINOPTION_NONE 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARGINOPTION_SUBLINESELECT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_ANNOTATION_HIDDEN 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_ANNOTATION_STANDARD 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_ANNOTATION_BOXED 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_ANNOTATION_INDENTED 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_UNDO_MAY_COALESCE 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_VS_NONE 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_VS_RECTANGULARSELECTION 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_VS_USERACCESSIBLE 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_VS_NOWRAPLINESTART 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_TECHNOLOGY_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_TECHNOLOGY_DIRECTWRITE 1
|
|
|
|
/// Line end types which may be used in addition to LF, CR, and CRLF
|
|
/// SC_LINE_END_TYPE_UNICODE includes U+2028 Line Separator,
|
|
/// U+2029 Paragraph Separator, and U+0085 Next Line
|
|
#define wxSTC_LINE_END_TYPE_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_LINE_END_TYPE_UNICODE 1
|
|
|
|
/// Maximum value of keywordSet parameter of SetKeyWords.
|
|
#define wxSTC_KEYWORDSET_MAX 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_TYPE_BOOLEAN 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_TYPE_INTEGER 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_TYPE_STRING 2
|
|
|
|
/// Notifications
|
|
/// Type of modification and the action which caused the modification.
|
|
/// These are defined as a bit mask to make it easy to specify which notifications are wanted.
|
|
/// One bit is set from each of SC_MOD_* and SC_PERFORMED_*.
|
|
#define wxSTC_MOD_INSERTTEXT 0x1
|
|
#define wxSTC_MOD_DELETETEXT 0x2
|
|
#define wxSTC_MOD_CHANGESTYLE 0x4
|
|
#define wxSTC_MOD_CHANGEFOLD 0x8
|
|
#define wxSTC_PERFORMED_USER 0x10
|
|
#define wxSTC_PERFORMED_UNDO 0x20
|
|
#define wxSTC_PERFORMED_REDO 0x40
|
|
#define wxSTC_MULTISTEPUNDOREDO 0x80
|
|
#define wxSTC_LASTSTEPINUNDOREDO 0x100
|
|
#define wxSTC_MOD_CHANGEMARKER 0x200
|
|
#define wxSTC_MOD_BEFOREINSERT 0x400
|
|
#define wxSTC_MOD_BEFOREDELETE 0x800
|
|
#define wxSTC_MULTILINEUNDOREDO 0x1000
|
|
#define wxSTC_STARTACTION 0x2000
|
|
#define wxSTC_MOD_CHANGEINDICATOR 0x4000
|
|
#define wxSTC_MOD_CHANGELINESTATE 0x8000
|
|
#define wxSTC_MOD_CHANGEMARGIN 0x10000
|
|
#define wxSTC_MOD_CHANGEANNOTATION 0x20000
|
|
#define wxSTC_MOD_CONTAINER 0x40000
|
|
#define wxSTC_MOD_LEXERSTATE 0x80000
|
|
#define wxSTC_MOD_INSERTCHECK 0x100000
|
|
#define wxSTC_MOD_CHANGETABSTOPS 0x200000
|
|
#define wxSTC_MODEVENTMASKALL 0x3FFFFF
|
|
#define wxSTC_UPDATE_CONTENT 0x1
|
|
#define wxSTC_UPDATE_SELECTION 0x2
|
|
#define wxSTC_UPDATE_V_SCROLL 0x4
|
|
#define wxSTC_UPDATE_H_SCROLL 0x8
|
|
|
|
/// Symbolic key codes and modifier flags.
|
|
/// ASCII and other printable characters below 256.
|
|
/// Extended keys above 300.
|
|
#define wxSTC_KEY_DOWN 300
|
|
#define wxSTC_KEY_UP 301
|
|
#define wxSTC_KEY_LEFT 302
|
|
#define wxSTC_KEY_RIGHT 303
|
|
#define wxSTC_KEY_HOME 304
|
|
#define wxSTC_KEY_END 305
|
|
#define wxSTC_KEY_PRIOR 306
|
|
#define wxSTC_KEY_NEXT 307
|
|
#define wxSTC_KEY_DELETE 308
|
|
#define wxSTC_KEY_INSERT 309
|
|
#define wxSTC_KEY_ESCAPE 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_KEY_BACK 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_KEY_TAB 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_KEY_RETURN 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_KEY_ADD 310
|
|
#define wxSTC_KEY_SUBTRACT 311
|
|
#define wxSTC_KEY_DIVIDE 312
|
|
#define wxSTC_KEY_WIN 313
|
|
#define wxSTC_KEY_RWIN 314
|
|
#define wxSTC_KEY_MENU 315
|
|
#define wxSTC_KEYMOD_NORM 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_KEYMOD_SHIFT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_KEYMOD_CTRL 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_KEYMOD_ALT 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_KEYMOD_SUPER 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_KEYMOD_META 16
|
|
#define wxSTC_AC_FILLUP 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_AC_DOUBLECLICK 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_AC_TAB 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_AC_NEWLINE 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_AC_COMMAND 5
|
|
|
|
/// For SciLexer.h
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_CONTAINER 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_NULL 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_PYTHON 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_CPP 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_HTML 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_XML 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_PERL 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_SQL 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_VB 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_PROPERTIES 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_ERRORLIST 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_MAKEFILE 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_BATCH 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_XCODE 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_LATEX 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_LUA 15
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_DIFF 16
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_CONF 17
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_PASCAL 18
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_AVE 19
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_ADA 20
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_LISP 21
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_RUBY 22
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_EIFFEL 23
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_EIFFELKW 24
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_TCL 25
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_NNCRONTAB 26
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_BULLANT 27
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_VBSCRIPT 28
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_BAAN 31
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_MATLAB 32
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_SCRIPTOL 33
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_ASM 34
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_CPPNOCASE 35
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_FORTRAN 36
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_F77 37
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_CSS 38
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_POV 39
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_LOUT 40
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_ESCRIPT 41
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_PS 42
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_NSIS 43
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_MMIXAL 44
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_CLW 45
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_CLWNOCASE 46
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_LOT 47
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_YAML 48
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_TEX 49
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_METAPOST 50
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_POWERBASIC 51
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_FORTH 52
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_ERLANG 53
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_OCTAVE 54
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_MSSQL 55
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_VERILOG 56
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_KIX 57
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_GUI4CLI 58
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_SPECMAN 59
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_AU3 60
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_APDL 61
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_BASH 62
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_ASN1 63
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_VHDL 64
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_CAML 65
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_BLITZBASIC 66
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_PUREBASIC 67
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_HASKELL 68
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_PHPSCRIPT 69
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_TADS3 70
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_REBOL 71
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_SMALLTALK 72
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_FLAGSHIP 73
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_CSOUND 74
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_FREEBASIC 75
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_INNOSETUP 76
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_OPAL 77
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_SPICE 78
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_D 79
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_CMAKE 80
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_GAP 81
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_PLM 82
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_PROGRESS 83
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_ABAQUS 84
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_ASYMPTOTE 85
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_R 86
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_MAGIK 87
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_POWERSHELL 88
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_MYSQL 89
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_PO 90
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_TAL 91
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_COBOL 92
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_TACL 93
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_SORCUS 94
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_POWERPRO 95
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_NIMROD 96
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_SML 97
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_MARKDOWN 98
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_TXT2TAGS 99
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_A68K 100
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_MODULA 101
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_COFFEESCRIPT 102
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_TCMD 103
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_AVS 104
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_ECL 105
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_OSCRIPT 106
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_VISUALPROLOG 107
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_LITERATEHASKELL 108
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_STTXT 109
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_KVIRC 110
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_RUST 111
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_DMAP 112
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_AS 113
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_DMIS 114
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_REGISTRY 115
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_BIBTEX 116
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_SREC 117
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_IHEX 118
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_TEHEX 119
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_JSON 120
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_EDIFACT 121
|
|
|
|
/// When a lexer specifies its language as SCLEX_AUTOMATIC it receives a
|
|
/// value assigned in sequence from SCLEX_AUTOMATIC+1.
|
|
#define wxSTC_LEX_AUTOMATIC 1000
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_PYTHON
|
|
#define wxSTC_P_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_P_COMMENTLINE 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_P_NUMBER 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_P_STRING 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_P_CHARACTER 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_P_WORD 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_P_TRIPLE 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_P_TRIPLEDOUBLE 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_P_CLASSNAME 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_P_DEFNAME 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_P_OPERATOR 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_P_IDENTIFIER 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_P_COMMENTBLOCK 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_P_STRINGEOL 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_P_WORD2 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_P_DECORATOR 15
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_CPP, SCLEX_BULLANT, SCLEX_COBOL, SCLEX_TACL, SCLEX_TAL
|
|
#define wxSTC_C_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_C_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_C_COMMENTLINE 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_C_COMMENTDOC 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_C_NUMBER 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_C_WORD 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_C_STRING 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_C_CHARACTER 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_C_UUID 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_C_PREPROCESSOR 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_C_OPERATOR 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_C_IDENTIFIER 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_C_STRINGEOL 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_C_VERBATIM 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_C_REGEX 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_C_COMMENTLINEDOC 15
|
|
#define wxSTC_C_WORD2 16
|
|
#define wxSTC_C_COMMENTDOCKEYWORD 17
|
|
#define wxSTC_C_COMMENTDOCKEYWORDERROR 18
|
|
#define wxSTC_C_GLOBALCLASS 19
|
|
#define wxSTC_C_STRINGRAW 20
|
|
#define wxSTC_C_TRIPLEVERBATIM 21
|
|
#define wxSTC_C_HASHQUOTEDSTRING 22
|
|
#define wxSTC_C_PREPROCESSORCOMMENT 23
|
|
#define wxSTC_C_PREPROCESSORCOMMENTDOC 24
|
|
#define wxSTC_C_USERLITERAL 25
|
|
#define wxSTC_C_TASKMARKER 26
|
|
#define wxSTC_C_ESCAPESEQUENCE 27
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_D
|
|
#define wxSTC_D_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_D_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_D_COMMENTLINE 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_D_COMMENTDOC 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_D_COMMENTNESTED 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_D_NUMBER 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_D_WORD 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_D_WORD2 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_D_WORD3 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_D_TYPEDEF 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_D_STRING 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_D_STRINGEOL 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_D_CHARACTER 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_D_OPERATOR 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_D_IDENTIFIER 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_D_COMMENTLINEDOC 15
|
|
#define wxSTC_D_COMMENTDOCKEYWORD 16
|
|
#define wxSTC_D_COMMENTDOCKEYWORDERROR 17
|
|
#define wxSTC_D_STRINGB 18
|
|
#define wxSTC_D_STRINGR 19
|
|
#define wxSTC_D_WORD5 20
|
|
#define wxSTC_D_WORD6 21
|
|
#define wxSTC_D_WORD7 22
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_TCL
|
|
#define wxSTC_TCL_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_TCL_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_TCL_COMMENTLINE 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_TCL_NUMBER 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_TCL_WORD_IN_QUOTE 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_TCL_IN_QUOTE 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_TCL_OPERATOR 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_TCL_IDENTIFIER 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_TCL_SUBSTITUTION 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_TCL_SUB_BRACE 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_TCL_MODIFIER 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_TCL_EXPAND 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_TCL_WORD 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_TCL_WORD2 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_TCL_WORD3 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_TCL_WORD4 15
|
|
#define wxSTC_TCL_WORD5 16
|
|
#define wxSTC_TCL_WORD6 17
|
|
#define wxSTC_TCL_WORD7 18
|
|
#define wxSTC_TCL_WORD8 19
|
|
#define wxSTC_TCL_COMMENT_BOX 20
|
|
#define wxSTC_TCL_BLOCK_COMMENT 21
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_HTML, SCLEX_XML
|
|
#define wxSTC_H_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_H_TAG 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_H_TAGUNKNOWN 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_H_ATTRIBUTE 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_H_ATTRIBUTEUNKNOWN 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_H_NUMBER 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_H_DOUBLESTRING 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_H_SINGLESTRING 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_H_OTHER 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_H_COMMENT 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_H_ENTITY 10
|
|
|
|
/// XML and ASP
|
|
#define wxSTC_H_TAGEND 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_H_XMLSTART 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_H_XMLEND 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_H_SCRIPT 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_H_ASP 15
|
|
#define wxSTC_H_ASPAT 16
|
|
#define wxSTC_H_CDATA 17
|
|
#define wxSTC_H_QUESTION 18
|
|
|
|
/// More HTML
|
|
#define wxSTC_H_VALUE 19
|
|
|
|
/// X-Code
|
|
#define wxSTC_H_XCCOMMENT 20
|
|
|
|
/// SGML
|
|
#define wxSTC_H_SGML_DEFAULT 21
|
|
#define wxSTC_H_SGML_COMMAND 22
|
|
#define wxSTC_H_SGML_1ST_PARAM 23
|
|
#define wxSTC_H_SGML_DOUBLESTRING 24
|
|
#define wxSTC_H_SGML_SIMPLESTRING 25
|
|
#define wxSTC_H_SGML_ERROR 26
|
|
#define wxSTC_H_SGML_SPECIAL 27
|
|
#define wxSTC_H_SGML_ENTITY 28
|
|
#define wxSTC_H_SGML_COMMENT 29
|
|
#define wxSTC_H_SGML_1ST_PARAM_COMMENT 30
|
|
#define wxSTC_H_SGML_BLOCK_DEFAULT 31
|
|
|
|
/// Embedded Javascript
|
|
#define wxSTC_HJ_START 40
|
|
#define wxSTC_HJ_DEFAULT 41
|
|
#define wxSTC_HJ_COMMENT 42
|
|
#define wxSTC_HJ_COMMENTLINE 43
|
|
#define wxSTC_HJ_COMMENTDOC 44
|
|
#define wxSTC_HJ_NUMBER 45
|
|
#define wxSTC_HJ_WORD 46
|
|
#define wxSTC_HJ_KEYWORD 47
|
|
#define wxSTC_HJ_DOUBLESTRING 48
|
|
#define wxSTC_HJ_SINGLESTRING 49
|
|
#define wxSTC_HJ_SYMBOLS 50
|
|
#define wxSTC_HJ_STRINGEOL 51
|
|
#define wxSTC_HJ_REGEX 52
|
|
|
|
/// ASP Javascript
|
|
#define wxSTC_HJA_START 55
|
|
#define wxSTC_HJA_DEFAULT 56
|
|
#define wxSTC_HJA_COMMENT 57
|
|
#define wxSTC_HJA_COMMENTLINE 58
|
|
#define wxSTC_HJA_COMMENTDOC 59
|
|
#define wxSTC_HJA_NUMBER 60
|
|
#define wxSTC_HJA_WORD 61
|
|
#define wxSTC_HJA_KEYWORD 62
|
|
#define wxSTC_HJA_DOUBLESTRING 63
|
|
#define wxSTC_HJA_SINGLESTRING 64
|
|
#define wxSTC_HJA_SYMBOLS 65
|
|
#define wxSTC_HJA_STRINGEOL 66
|
|
#define wxSTC_HJA_REGEX 67
|
|
|
|
/// Embedded VBScript
|
|
#define wxSTC_HB_START 70
|
|
#define wxSTC_HB_DEFAULT 71
|
|
#define wxSTC_HB_COMMENTLINE 72
|
|
#define wxSTC_HB_NUMBER 73
|
|
#define wxSTC_HB_WORD 74
|
|
#define wxSTC_HB_STRING 75
|
|
#define wxSTC_HB_IDENTIFIER 76
|
|
#define wxSTC_HB_STRINGEOL 77
|
|
|
|
/// ASP VBScript
|
|
#define wxSTC_HBA_START 80
|
|
#define wxSTC_HBA_DEFAULT 81
|
|
#define wxSTC_HBA_COMMENTLINE 82
|
|
#define wxSTC_HBA_NUMBER 83
|
|
#define wxSTC_HBA_WORD 84
|
|
#define wxSTC_HBA_STRING 85
|
|
#define wxSTC_HBA_IDENTIFIER 86
|
|
#define wxSTC_HBA_STRINGEOL 87
|
|
|
|
/// Embedded Python
|
|
#define wxSTC_HP_START 90
|
|
#define wxSTC_HP_DEFAULT 91
|
|
#define wxSTC_HP_COMMENTLINE 92
|
|
#define wxSTC_HP_NUMBER 93
|
|
#define wxSTC_HP_STRING 94
|
|
#define wxSTC_HP_CHARACTER 95
|
|
#define wxSTC_HP_WORD 96
|
|
#define wxSTC_HP_TRIPLE 97
|
|
#define wxSTC_HP_TRIPLEDOUBLE 98
|
|
#define wxSTC_HP_CLASSNAME 99
|
|
#define wxSTC_HP_DEFNAME 100
|
|
#define wxSTC_HP_OPERATOR 101
|
|
#define wxSTC_HP_IDENTIFIER 102
|
|
|
|
/// PHP
|
|
#define wxSTC_HPHP_COMPLEX_VARIABLE 104
|
|
|
|
/// ASP Python
|
|
#define wxSTC_HPA_START 105
|
|
#define wxSTC_HPA_DEFAULT 106
|
|
#define wxSTC_HPA_COMMENTLINE 107
|
|
#define wxSTC_HPA_NUMBER 108
|
|
#define wxSTC_HPA_STRING 109
|
|
#define wxSTC_HPA_CHARACTER 110
|
|
#define wxSTC_HPA_WORD 111
|
|
#define wxSTC_HPA_TRIPLE 112
|
|
#define wxSTC_HPA_TRIPLEDOUBLE 113
|
|
#define wxSTC_HPA_CLASSNAME 114
|
|
#define wxSTC_HPA_DEFNAME 115
|
|
#define wxSTC_HPA_OPERATOR 116
|
|
#define wxSTC_HPA_IDENTIFIER 117
|
|
|
|
/// PHP
|
|
#define wxSTC_HPHP_DEFAULT 118
|
|
#define wxSTC_HPHP_HSTRING 119
|
|
#define wxSTC_HPHP_SIMPLESTRING 120
|
|
#define wxSTC_HPHP_WORD 121
|
|
#define wxSTC_HPHP_NUMBER 122
|
|
#define wxSTC_HPHP_VARIABLE 123
|
|
#define wxSTC_HPHP_COMMENT 124
|
|
#define wxSTC_HPHP_COMMENTLINE 125
|
|
#define wxSTC_HPHP_HSTRING_VARIABLE 126
|
|
#define wxSTC_HPHP_OPERATOR 127
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_PERL
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_ERROR 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_COMMENTLINE 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_POD 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_NUMBER 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_WORD 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_STRING 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_CHARACTER 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_PUNCTUATION 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_PREPROCESSOR 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_OPERATOR 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_IDENTIFIER 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_SCALAR 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_ARRAY 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_HASH 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_SYMBOLTABLE 15
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_VARIABLE_INDEXER 16
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_REGEX 17
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_REGSUBST 18
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_LONGQUOTE 19
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_BACKTICKS 20
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_DATASECTION 21
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_HERE_DELIM 22
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_HERE_Q 23
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_HERE_QQ 24
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_HERE_QX 25
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_STRING_Q 26
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_STRING_QQ 27
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_STRING_QX 28
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_STRING_QR 29
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_STRING_QW 30
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_POD_VERB 31
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_SUB_PROTOTYPE 40
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_FORMAT_IDENT 41
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_FORMAT 42
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_STRING_VAR 43
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_XLAT 44
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_REGEX_VAR 54
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_REGSUBST_VAR 55
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_BACKTICKS_VAR 57
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_HERE_QQ_VAR 61
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_HERE_QX_VAR 62
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_STRING_QQ_VAR 64
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_STRING_QX_VAR 65
|
|
#define wxSTC_PL_STRING_QR_VAR 66
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_RUBY
|
|
#define wxSTC_RB_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_RB_ERROR 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_RB_COMMENTLINE 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_RB_POD 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_RB_NUMBER 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_RB_WORD 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_RB_STRING 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_RB_CHARACTER 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_RB_CLASSNAME 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_RB_DEFNAME 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_RB_OPERATOR 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_RB_IDENTIFIER 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_RB_REGEX 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_RB_GLOBAL 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_RB_SYMBOL 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_RB_MODULE_NAME 15
|
|
#define wxSTC_RB_INSTANCE_VAR 16
|
|
#define wxSTC_RB_CLASS_VAR 17
|
|
#define wxSTC_RB_BACKTICKS 18
|
|
#define wxSTC_RB_DATASECTION 19
|
|
#define wxSTC_RB_HERE_DELIM 20
|
|
#define wxSTC_RB_HERE_Q 21
|
|
#define wxSTC_RB_HERE_QQ 22
|
|
#define wxSTC_RB_HERE_QX 23
|
|
#define wxSTC_RB_STRING_Q 24
|
|
#define wxSTC_RB_STRING_QQ 25
|
|
#define wxSTC_RB_STRING_QX 26
|
|
#define wxSTC_RB_STRING_QR 27
|
|
#define wxSTC_RB_STRING_QW 28
|
|
#define wxSTC_RB_WORD_DEMOTED 29
|
|
#define wxSTC_RB_STDIN 30
|
|
#define wxSTC_RB_STDOUT 31
|
|
#define wxSTC_RB_STDERR 40
|
|
#define wxSTC_RB_UPPER_BOUND 41
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_VB, SCLEX_VBSCRIPT, SCLEX_POWERBASIC, SCLEX_BLITZBASIC, SCLEX_PUREBASIC, SCLEX_FREEBASIC
|
|
#define wxSTC_B_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_B_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_B_NUMBER 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_B_KEYWORD 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_B_STRING 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_B_PREPROCESSOR 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_B_OPERATOR 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_B_IDENTIFIER 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_B_DATE 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_B_STRINGEOL 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_B_KEYWORD2 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_B_KEYWORD3 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_B_KEYWORD4 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_B_CONSTANT 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_B_ASM 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_B_LABEL 15
|
|
#define wxSTC_B_ERROR 16
|
|
#define wxSTC_B_HEXNUMBER 17
|
|
#define wxSTC_B_BINNUMBER 18
|
|
#define wxSTC_B_COMMENTBLOCK 19
|
|
#define wxSTC_B_DOCLINE 20
|
|
#define wxSTC_B_DOCBLOCK 21
|
|
#define wxSTC_B_DOCKEYWORD 22
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_PROPERTIES
|
|
#define wxSTC_PROPS_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_PROPS_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_PROPS_SECTION 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_PROPS_ASSIGNMENT 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_PROPS_DEFVAL 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_PROPS_KEY 5
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_LATEX
|
|
#define wxSTC_L_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_L_COMMAND 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_L_TAG 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_L_MATH 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_L_COMMENT 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_L_TAG2 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_L_MATH2 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_L_COMMENT2 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_L_VERBATIM 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_L_SHORTCMD 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_L_SPECIAL 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_L_CMDOPT 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_L_ERROR 12
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_LUA
|
|
#define wxSTC_LUA_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_LUA_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_LUA_COMMENTLINE 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_LUA_COMMENTDOC 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_LUA_NUMBER 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_LUA_WORD 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_LUA_STRING 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_LUA_CHARACTER 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_LUA_LITERALSTRING 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_LUA_PREPROCESSOR 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_LUA_OPERATOR 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_LUA_IDENTIFIER 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_LUA_STRINGEOL 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_LUA_WORD2 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_LUA_WORD3 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_LUA_WORD4 15
|
|
#define wxSTC_LUA_WORD5 16
|
|
#define wxSTC_LUA_WORD6 17
|
|
#define wxSTC_LUA_WORD7 18
|
|
#define wxSTC_LUA_WORD8 19
|
|
#define wxSTC_LUA_LABEL 20
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_ERRORLIST
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERR_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERR_PYTHON 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERR_GCC 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERR_MS 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERR_CMD 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERR_BORLAND 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERR_PERL 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERR_NET 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERR_LUA 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERR_CTAG 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERR_DIFF_CHANGED 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERR_DIFF_ADDITION 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERR_DIFF_DELETION 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERR_DIFF_MESSAGE 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERR_PHP 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERR_ELF 15
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERR_IFC 16
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERR_IFORT 17
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERR_ABSF 18
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERR_TIDY 19
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERR_JAVA_STACK 20
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERR_VALUE 21
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERR_GCC_INCLUDED_FROM 22
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERR_ESCSEQ 23
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERR_ESCSEQ_UNKNOWN 24
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERR_ES_BLACK 40
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERR_ES_RED 41
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERR_ES_GREEN 42
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERR_ES_BROWN 43
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERR_ES_BLUE 44
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERR_ES_MAGENTA 45
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERR_ES_CYAN 46
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERR_ES_GRAY 47
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERR_ES_DARK_GRAY 48
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERR_ES_BRIGHT_RED 49
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERR_ES_BRIGHT_GREEN 50
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERR_ES_YELLOW 51
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERR_ES_BRIGHT_BLUE 52
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERR_ES_BRIGHT_MAGENTA 53
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERR_ES_BRIGHT_CYAN 54
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERR_ES_WHITE 55
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_BATCH
|
|
#define wxSTC_BAT_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_BAT_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_BAT_WORD 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_BAT_LABEL 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_BAT_HIDE 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_BAT_COMMAND 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_BAT_IDENTIFIER 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_BAT_OPERATOR 7
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_TCMD
|
|
#define wxSTC_TCMD_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_TCMD_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_TCMD_WORD 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_TCMD_LABEL 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_TCMD_HIDE 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_TCMD_COMMAND 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_TCMD_IDENTIFIER 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_TCMD_OPERATOR 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_TCMD_ENVIRONMENT 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_TCMD_EXPANSION 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_TCMD_CLABEL 10
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_MAKEFILE
|
|
#define wxSTC_MAKE_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_MAKE_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_MAKE_PREPROCESSOR 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_MAKE_IDENTIFIER 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_MAKE_OPERATOR 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_MAKE_TARGET 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_MAKE_IDEOL 9
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_DIFF
|
|
#define wxSTC_DIFF_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_DIFF_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_DIFF_COMMAND 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_DIFF_HEADER 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_DIFF_POSITION 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_DIFF_DELETED 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_DIFF_ADDED 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_DIFF_CHANGED 7
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_CONF (Apache Configuration Files Lexer)
|
|
#define wxSTC_CONF_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_CONF_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_CONF_NUMBER 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_CONF_IDENTIFIER 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_CONF_EXTENSION 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_CONF_PARAMETER 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_CONF_STRING 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_CONF_OPERATOR 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_CONF_IP 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_CONF_DIRECTIVE 9
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_AVE, Avenue
|
|
#define wxSTC_AVE_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_AVE_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_AVE_NUMBER 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_AVE_WORD 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_AVE_STRING 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_AVE_ENUM 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_AVE_STRINGEOL 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_AVE_IDENTIFIER 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_AVE_OPERATOR 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_AVE_WORD1 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_AVE_WORD2 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_AVE_WORD3 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_AVE_WORD4 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_AVE_WORD5 15
|
|
#define wxSTC_AVE_WORD6 16
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_ADA
|
|
#define wxSTC_ADA_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_ADA_WORD 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_ADA_IDENTIFIER 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_ADA_NUMBER 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_ADA_DELIMITER 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_ADA_CHARACTER 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_ADA_CHARACTEREOL 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_ADA_STRING 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_ADA_STRINGEOL 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_ADA_LABEL 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_ADA_COMMENTLINE 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_ADA_ILLEGAL 11
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_BAAN
|
|
#define wxSTC_BAAN_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_BAAN_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_BAAN_COMMENTDOC 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_BAAN_NUMBER 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_BAAN_WORD 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_BAAN_STRING 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_BAAN_PREPROCESSOR 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_BAAN_OPERATOR 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_BAAN_IDENTIFIER 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_BAAN_STRINGEOL 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_BAAN_WORD2 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_BAAN_WORD3 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_BAAN_WORD4 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_BAAN_WORD5 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_BAAN_WORD6 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_BAAN_WORD7 15
|
|
#define wxSTC_BAAN_WORD8 16
|
|
#define wxSTC_BAAN_WORD9 17
|
|
#define wxSTC_BAAN_TABLEDEF 18
|
|
#define wxSTC_BAAN_TABLESQL 19
|
|
#define wxSTC_BAAN_FUNCTION 20
|
|
#define wxSTC_BAAN_DOMDEF 21
|
|
#define wxSTC_BAAN_FUNCDEF 22
|
|
#define wxSTC_BAAN_OBJECTDEF 23
|
|
#define wxSTC_BAAN_DEFINEDEF 24
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_LISP
|
|
#define wxSTC_LISP_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_LISP_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_LISP_NUMBER 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_LISP_KEYWORD 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_LISP_KEYWORD_KW 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_LISP_SYMBOL 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_LISP_STRING 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_LISP_STRINGEOL 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_LISP_IDENTIFIER 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_LISP_OPERATOR 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_LISP_SPECIAL 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_LISP_MULTI_COMMENT 12
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_EIFFEL and SCLEX_EIFFELKW
|
|
#define wxSTC_EIFFEL_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_EIFFEL_COMMENTLINE 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_EIFFEL_NUMBER 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_EIFFEL_WORD 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_EIFFEL_STRING 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_EIFFEL_CHARACTER 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_EIFFEL_OPERATOR 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_EIFFEL_IDENTIFIER 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_EIFFEL_STRINGEOL 8
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_NNCRONTAB (nnCron crontab Lexer)
|
|
#define wxSTC_NNCRONTAB_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_NNCRONTAB_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_NNCRONTAB_TASK 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_NNCRONTAB_SECTION 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_NNCRONTAB_KEYWORD 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_NNCRONTAB_MODIFIER 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_NNCRONTAB_ASTERISK 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_NNCRONTAB_NUMBER 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_NNCRONTAB_STRING 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_NNCRONTAB_ENVIRONMENT 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_NNCRONTAB_IDENTIFIER 10
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_FORTH (Forth Lexer)
|
|
#define wxSTC_FORTH_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_FORTH_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_FORTH_COMMENT_ML 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_FORTH_IDENTIFIER 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_FORTH_CONTROL 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_FORTH_KEYWORD 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_FORTH_DEFWORD 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_FORTH_PREWORD1 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_FORTH_PREWORD2 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_FORTH_NUMBER 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_FORTH_STRING 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_FORTH_LOCALE 11
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_MATLAB
|
|
#define wxSTC_MATLAB_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_MATLAB_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_MATLAB_COMMAND 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_MATLAB_NUMBER 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_MATLAB_KEYWORD 4
|
|
|
|
/// single quoted string
|
|
#define wxSTC_MATLAB_STRING 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_MATLAB_OPERATOR 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_MATLAB_IDENTIFIER 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_MATLAB_DOUBLEQUOTESTRING 8
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_SCRIPTOL
|
|
#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_WHITE 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_COMMENTLINE 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_PERSISTENT 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_CSTYLE 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_COMMENTBLOCK 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_NUMBER 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_STRING 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_CHARACTER 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_STRINGEOL 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_KEYWORD 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_OPERATOR 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_IDENTIFIER 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_TRIPLE 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_CLASSNAME 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_PREPROCESSOR 15
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_ASM, SCLEX_AS
|
|
#define wxSTC_ASM_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_ASM_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_ASM_NUMBER 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_ASM_STRING 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_ASM_OPERATOR 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_ASM_IDENTIFIER 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_ASM_CPUINSTRUCTION 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_ASM_MATHINSTRUCTION 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_ASM_REGISTER 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_ASM_DIRECTIVE 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_ASM_DIRECTIVEOPERAND 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_ASM_COMMENTBLOCK 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_ASM_CHARACTER 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_ASM_STRINGEOL 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_ASM_EXTINSTRUCTION 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_ASM_COMMENTDIRECTIVE 15
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_FORTRAN
|
|
#define wxSTC_F_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_F_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_F_NUMBER 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_F_STRING1 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_F_STRING2 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_F_STRINGEOL 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_F_OPERATOR 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_F_IDENTIFIER 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_F_WORD 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_F_WORD2 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_F_WORD3 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_F_PREPROCESSOR 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_F_OPERATOR2 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_F_LABEL 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_F_CONTINUATION 14
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_CSS
|
|
#define wxSTC_CSS_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_CSS_TAG 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_CSS_CLASS 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_CSS_PSEUDOCLASS 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_CSS_UNKNOWN_PSEUDOCLASS 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_CSS_OPERATOR 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_CSS_IDENTIFIER 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_CSS_UNKNOWN_IDENTIFIER 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_CSS_VALUE 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_CSS_COMMENT 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_CSS_ID 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_CSS_IMPORTANT 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_CSS_DIRECTIVE 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_CSS_DOUBLESTRING 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_CSS_SINGLESTRING 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_CSS_IDENTIFIER2 15
|
|
#define wxSTC_CSS_ATTRIBUTE 16
|
|
#define wxSTC_CSS_IDENTIFIER3 17
|
|
#define wxSTC_CSS_PSEUDOELEMENT 18
|
|
#define wxSTC_CSS_EXTENDED_IDENTIFIER 19
|
|
#define wxSTC_CSS_EXTENDED_PSEUDOCLASS 20
|
|
#define wxSTC_CSS_EXTENDED_PSEUDOELEMENT 21
|
|
#define wxSTC_CSS_MEDIA 22
|
|
#define wxSTC_CSS_VARIABLE 23
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_POV
|
|
#define wxSTC_POV_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_POV_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_POV_COMMENTLINE 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_POV_NUMBER 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_POV_OPERATOR 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_POV_IDENTIFIER 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_POV_STRING 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_POV_STRINGEOL 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_POV_DIRECTIVE 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_POV_BADDIRECTIVE 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_POV_WORD2 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_POV_WORD3 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_POV_WORD4 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_POV_WORD5 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_POV_WORD6 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_POV_WORD7 15
|
|
#define wxSTC_POV_WORD8 16
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_LOUT
|
|
#define wxSTC_LOUT_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_LOUT_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_LOUT_NUMBER 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_LOUT_WORD 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_LOUT_WORD2 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_LOUT_WORD3 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_LOUT_WORD4 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_LOUT_STRING 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_LOUT_OPERATOR 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_LOUT_IDENTIFIER 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_LOUT_STRINGEOL 10
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_ESCRIPT
|
|
#define wxSTC_ESCRIPT_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_ESCRIPT_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_ESCRIPT_COMMENTLINE 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_ESCRIPT_COMMENTDOC 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_ESCRIPT_NUMBER 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_ESCRIPT_WORD 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_ESCRIPT_STRING 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_ESCRIPT_OPERATOR 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_ESCRIPT_IDENTIFIER 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_ESCRIPT_BRACE 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_ESCRIPT_WORD2 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_ESCRIPT_WORD3 11
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_PS
|
|
#define wxSTC_PS_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_PS_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_PS_DSC_COMMENT 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_PS_DSC_VALUE 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_PS_NUMBER 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_PS_NAME 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_PS_KEYWORD 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_PS_LITERAL 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_PS_IMMEVAL 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_PS_PAREN_ARRAY 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_PS_PAREN_DICT 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_PS_PAREN_PROC 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_PS_TEXT 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_PS_HEXSTRING 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_PS_BASE85STRING 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_PS_BADSTRINGCHAR 15
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_NSIS
|
|
#define wxSTC_NSIS_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_NSIS_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_NSIS_STRINGDQ 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_NSIS_STRINGLQ 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_NSIS_STRINGRQ 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_NSIS_FUNCTION 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_NSIS_VARIABLE 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_NSIS_LABEL 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_NSIS_USERDEFINED 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_NSIS_SECTIONDEF 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_NSIS_SUBSECTIONDEF 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_NSIS_IFDEFINEDEF 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_NSIS_MACRODEF 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_NSIS_STRINGVAR 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_NSIS_NUMBER 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_NSIS_SECTIONGROUP 15
|
|
#define wxSTC_NSIS_PAGEEX 16
|
|
#define wxSTC_NSIS_FUNCTIONDEF 17
|
|
#define wxSTC_NSIS_COMMENTBOX 18
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_MMIXAL
|
|
#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_LEADWS 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_LABEL 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_OPCODE 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_OPCODE_PRE 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_OPCODE_VALID 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_OPCODE_UNKNOWN 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_OPCODE_POST 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_OPERANDS 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_NUMBER 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_REF 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_CHAR 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_STRING 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_REGISTER 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_HEX 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_OPERATOR 15
|
|
#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_SYMBOL 16
|
|
#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_INCLUDE 17
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_CLW
|
|
#define wxSTC_CLW_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_CLW_LABEL 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_CLW_COMMENT 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_CLW_STRING 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_CLW_USER_IDENTIFIER 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_CLW_INTEGER_CONSTANT 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_CLW_REAL_CONSTANT 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_CLW_PICTURE_STRING 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_CLW_KEYWORD 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_CLW_COMPILER_DIRECTIVE 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_CLW_RUNTIME_EXPRESSIONS 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_CLW_BUILTIN_PROCEDURES_FUNCTION 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_CLW_STRUCTURE_DATA_TYPE 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_CLW_ATTRIBUTE 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_CLW_STANDARD_EQUATE 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_CLW_ERROR 15
|
|
#define wxSTC_CLW_DEPRECATED 16
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_LOT
|
|
#define wxSTC_LOT_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_LOT_HEADER 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_LOT_BREAK 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_LOT_SET 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_LOT_PASS 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_LOT_FAIL 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_LOT_ABORT 6
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_YAML
|
|
#define wxSTC_YAML_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_YAML_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_YAML_IDENTIFIER 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_YAML_KEYWORD 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_YAML_NUMBER 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_YAML_REFERENCE 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_YAML_DOCUMENT 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_YAML_TEXT 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_YAML_ERROR 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_YAML_OPERATOR 9
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_TEX
|
|
#define wxSTC_TEX_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_TEX_SPECIAL 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_TEX_GROUP 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_TEX_SYMBOL 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_TEX_COMMAND 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_TEX_TEXT 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_METAPOST_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_METAPOST_SPECIAL 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_METAPOST_GROUP 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_METAPOST_SYMBOL 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_METAPOST_COMMAND 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_METAPOST_TEXT 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_METAPOST_EXTRA 6
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_ERLANG
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_VARIABLE 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_NUMBER 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_KEYWORD 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_STRING 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_OPERATOR 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_ATOM 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_FUNCTION_NAME 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_CHARACTER 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_MACRO 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_RECORD 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_PREPROC 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_NODE_NAME 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_COMMENT_FUNCTION 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_COMMENT_MODULE 15
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_COMMENT_DOC 16
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_COMMENT_DOC_MACRO 17
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_ATOM_QUOTED 18
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_MACRO_QUOTED 19
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_RECORD_QUOTED 20
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_NODE_NAME_QUOTED 21
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_BIFS 22
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_MODULES 23
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_MODULES_ATT 24
|
|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_UNKNOWN 31
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_OCTAVE are identical to MatLab
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_MSSQL
|
|
#define wxSTC_MSSQL_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_MSSQL_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_MSSQL_LINE_COMMENT 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_MSSQL_NUMBER 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_MSSQL_STRING 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_MSSQL_OPERATOR 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_MSSQL_IDENTIFIER 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_MSSQL_VARIABLE 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_MSSQL_COLUMN_NAME 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_MSSQL_STATEMENT 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_MSSQL_DATATYPE 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_MSSQL_SYSTABLE 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_MSSQL_GLOBAL_VARIABLE 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_MSSQL_FUNCTION 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_MSSQL_STORED_PROCEDURE 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_MSSQL_DEFAULT_PREF_DATATYPE 15
|
|
#define wxSTC_MSSQL_COLUMN_NAME_2 16
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_VERILOG
|
|
#define wxSTC_V_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_V_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_V_COMMENTLINE 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_V_COMMENTLINEBANG 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_V_NUMBER 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_V_WORD 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_V_STRING 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_V_WORD2 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_V_WORD3 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_V_PREPROCESSOR 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_V_OPERATOR 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_V_IDENTIFIER 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_V_STRINGEOL 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_V_USER 19
|
|
#define wxSTC_V_COMMENT_WORD 20
|
|
#define wxSTC_V_INPUT 21
|
|
#define wxSTC_V_OUTPUT 22
|
|
#define wxSTC_V_INOUT 23
|
|
#define wxSTC_V_PORT_CONNECT 24
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_KIX
|
|
#define wxSTC_KIX_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_KIX_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_KIX_STRING1 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_KIX_STRING2 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_KIX_NUMBER 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_KIX_VAR 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_KIX_MACRO 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_KIX_KEYWORD 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_KIX_FUNCTIONS 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_KIX_OPERATOR 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_KIX_COMMENTSTREAM 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_KIX_IDENTIFIER 31
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_GUI4CLI
|
|
#define wxSTC_GC_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_GC_COMMENTLINE 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_GC_COMMENTBLOCK 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_GC_GLOBAL 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_GC_EVENT 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_GC_ATTRIBUTE 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_GC_CONTROL 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_GC_COMMAND 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_GC_STRING 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_GC_OPERATOR 9
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_SPECMAN
|
|
#define wxSTC_SN_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_SN_CODE 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_SN_COMMENTLINE 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_SN_COMMENTLINEBANG 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_SN_NUMBER 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_SN_WORD 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_SN_STRING 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_SN_WORD2 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_SN_WORD3 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_SN_PREPROCESSOR 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_SN_OPERATOR 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_SN_IDENTIFIER 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_SN_STRINGEOL 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_SN_REGEXTAG 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_SN_SIGNAL 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_SN_USER 19
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_AU3
|
|
#define wxSTC_AU3_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_AU3_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_AU3_COMMENTBLOCK 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_AU3_NUMBER 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_AU3_FUNCTION 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_AU3_KEYWORD 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_AU3_MACRO 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_AU3_STRING 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_AU3_OPERATOR 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_AU3_VARIABLE 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_AU3_SENT 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_AU3_PREPROCESSOR 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_AU3_SPECIAL 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_AU3_EXPAND 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_AU3_COMOBJ 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_AU3_UDF 15
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_APDL
|
|
#define wxSTC_APDL_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_APDL_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_APDL_COMMENTBLOCK 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_APDL_NUMBER 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_APDL_STRING 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_APDL_OPERATOR 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_APDL_WORD 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_APDL_PROCESSOR 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_APDL_COMMAND 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_APDL_SLASHCOMMAND 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_APDL_STARCOMMAND 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_APDL_ARGUMENT 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_APDL_FUNCTION 12
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_BASH
|
|
#define wxSTC_SH_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_SH_ERROR 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_SH_COMMENTLINE 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_SH_NUMBER 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_SH_WORD 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_SH_STRING 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_SH_CHARACTER 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_SH_OPERATOR 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_SH_IDENTIFIER 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_SH_SCALAR 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_SH_PARAM 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_SH_BACKTICKS 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_SH_HERE_DELIM 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_SH_HERE_Q 13
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_ASN1
|
|
#define wxSTC_ASN1_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_ASN1_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_ASN1_IDENTIFIER 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_ASN1_STRING 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_ASN1_OID 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_ASN1_SCALAR 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_ASN1_KEYWORD 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_ASN1_ATTRIBUTE 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_ASN1_DESCRIPTOR 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_ASN1_TYPE 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_ASN1_OPERATOR 10
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_VHDL
|
|
#define wxSTC_VHDL_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_VHDL_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_VHDL_COMMENTLINEBANG 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_VHDL_NUMBER 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_VHDL_STRING 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_VHDL_OPERATOR 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_VHDL_IDENTIFIER 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_VHDL_STRINGEOL 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_VHDL_KEYWORD 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_VHDL_STDOPERATOR 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_VHDL_ATTRIBUTE 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_VHDL_STDFUNCTION 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_VHDL_STDPACKAGE 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_VHDL_STDTYPE 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_VHDL_USERWORD 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_VHDL_BLOCK_COMMENT 15
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_CAML
|
|
#define wxSTC_CAML_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_CAML_IDENTIFIER 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_CAML_TAGNAME 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_CAML_KEYWORD 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_CAML_KEYWORD2 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_CAML_KEYWORD3 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_CAML_LINENUM 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_CAML_OPERATOR 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_CAML_NUMBER 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_CAML_CHAR 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_CAML_WHITE 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_CAML_STRING 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_CAML_COMMENT 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_CAML_COMMENT1 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_CAML_COMMENT2 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_CAML_COMMENT3 15
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_HASKELL
|
|
#define wxSTC_HA_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_HA_IDENTIFIER 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_HA_KEYWORD 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_HA_NUMBER 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_HA_STRING 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_HA_CHARACTER 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_HA_CLASS 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_HA_MODULE 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_HA_CAPITAL 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_HA_DATA 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_HA_IMPORT 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_HA_OPERATOR 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_HA_INSTANCE 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_HA_COMMENTLINE 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_HA_COMMENTBLOCK 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_HA_COMMENTBLOCK2 15
|
|
#define wxSTC_HA_COMMENTBLOCK3 16
|
|
#define wxSTC_HA_PRAGMA 17
|
|
#define wxSTC_HA_PREPROCESSOR 18
|
|
#define wxSTC_HA_STRINGEOL 19
|
|
#define wxSTC_HA_RESERVED_OPERATOR 20
|
|
#define wxSTC_HA_LITERATE_COMMENT 21
|
|
#define wxSTC_HA_LITERATE_CODEDELIM 22
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states of SCLEX_TADS3
|
|
#define wxSTC_T3_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_T3_X_DEFAULT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_T3_PREPROCESSOR 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_T3_BLOCK_COMMENT 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_T3_LINE_COMMENT 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_T3_OPERATOR 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_T3_KEYWORD 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_T3_NUMBER 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_T3_IDENTIFIER 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_T3_S_STRING 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_T3_D_STRING 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_T3_X_STRING 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_T3_LIB_DIRECTIVE 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_T3_MSG_PARAM 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_T3_HTML_TAG 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_T3_HTML_DEFAULT 15
|
|
#define wxSTC_T3_HTML_STRING 16
|
|
#define wxSTC_T3_USER1 17
|
|
#define wxSTC_T3_USER2 18
|
|
#define wxSTC_T3_USER3 19
|
|
#define wxSTC_T3_BRACE 20
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_REBOL
|
|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_COMMENTLINE 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_COMMENTBLOCK 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_PREFACE 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_OPERATOR 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_CHARACTER 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_QUOTEDSTRING 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_BRACEDSTRING 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_NUMBER 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_PAIR 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_TUPLE 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_BINARY 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_MONEY 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_ISSUE 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_TAG 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_FILE 15
|
|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_EMAIL 16
|
|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_URL 17
|
|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_DATE 18
|
|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_TIME 19
|
|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_IDENTIFIER 20
|
|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_WORD 21
|
|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_WORD2 22
|
|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_WORD3 23
|
|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_WORD4 24
|
|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_WORD5 25
|
|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_WORD6 26
|
|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_WORD7 27
|
|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_WORD8 28
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_SQL
|
|
#define wxSTC_SQL_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_SQL_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_SQL_COMMENTLINE 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_SQL_COMMENTDOC 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_SQL_NUMBER 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_SQL_WORD 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_SQL_STRING 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_SQL_CHARACTER 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_SQL_SQLPLUS 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_SQL_SQLPLUS_PROMPT 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_SQL_OPERATOR 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_SQL_IDENTIFIER 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_SQL_SQLPLUS_COMMENT 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_SQL_COMMENTLINEDOC 15
|
|
#define wxSTC_SQL_WORD2 16
|
|
#define wxSTC_SQL_COMMENTDOCKEYWORD 17
|
|
#define wxSTC_SQL_COMMENTDOCKEYWORDERROR 18
|
|
#define wxSTC_SQL_USER1 19
|
|
#define wxSTC_SQL_USER2 20
|
|
#define wxSTC_SQL_USER3 21
|
|
#define wxSTC_SQL_USER4 22
|
|
#define wxSTC_SQL_QUOTEDIDENTIFIER 23
|
|
#define wxSTC_SQL_QOPERATOR 24
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_SMALLTALK
|
|
#define wxSTC_ST_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_ST_STRING 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_ST_NUMBER 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_ST_COMMENT 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_ST_SYMBOL 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_ST_BINARY 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_ST_BOOL 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_ST_SELF 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_ST_SUPER 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_ST_NIL 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_ST_GLOBAL 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_ST_RETURN 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_ST_SPECIAL 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_ST_KWSEND 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_ST_ASSIGN 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_ST_CHARACTER 15
|
|
#define wxSTC_ST_SPEC_SEL 16
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_FLAGSHIP (clipper)
|
|
#define wxSTC_FS_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_FS_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_FS_COMMENTLINE 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_FS_COMMENTDOC 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_FS_COMMENTLINEDOC 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_FS_COMMENTDOCKEYWORD 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_FS_COMMENTDOCKEYWORDERROR 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_FS_KEYWORD 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_FS_KEYWORD2 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_FS_KEYWORD3 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_FS_KEYWORD4 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_FS_NUMBER 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_FS_STRING 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_FS_PREPROCESSOR 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_FS_OPERATOR 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_FS_IDENTIFIER 15
|
|
#define wxSTC_FS_DATE 16
|
|
#define wxSTC_FS_STRINGEOL 17
|
|
#define wxSTC_FS_CONSTANT 18
|
|
#define wxSTC_FS_WORDOPERATOR 19
|
|
#define wxSTC_FS_DISABLEDCODE 20
|
|
#define wxSTC_FS_DEFAULT_C 21
|
|
#define wxSTC_FS_COMMENTDOC_C 22
|
|
#define wxSTC_FS_COMMENTLINEDOC_C 23
|
|
#define wxSTC_FS_KEYWORD_C 24
|
|
#define wxSTC_FS_KEYWORD2_C 25
|
|
#define wxSTC_FS_NUMBER_C 26
|
|
#define wxSTC_FS_STRING_C 27
|
|
#define wxSTC_FS_PREPROCESSOR_C 28
|
|
#define wxSTC_FS_OPERATOR_C 29
|
|
#define wxSTC_FS_IDENTIFIER_C 30
|
|
#define wxSTC_FS_STRINGEOL_C 31
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_CSOUND
|
|
#define wxSTC_CSOUND_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_CSOUND_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_CSOUND_NUMBER 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_CSOUND_OPERATOR 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_CSOUND_INSTR 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_CSOUND_IDENTIFIER 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_CSOUND_OPCODE 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_CSOUND_HEADERSTMT 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_CSOUND_USERKEYWORD 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_CSOUND_COMMENTBLOCK 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_CSOUND_PARAM 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_CSOUND_ARATE_VAR 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_CSOUND_KRATE_VAR 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_CSOUND_IRATE_VAR 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_CSOUND_GLOBAL_VAR 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_CSOUND_STRINGEOL 15
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_INNOSETUP
|
|
#define wxSTC_INNO_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_INNO_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_INNO_KEYWORD 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_INNO_PARAMETER 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_INNO_SECTION 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_INNO_PREPROC 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_INNO_INLINE_EXPANSION 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_INNO_COMMENT_PASCAL 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_INNO_KEYWORD_PASCAL 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_INNO_KEYWORD_USER 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_INNO_STRING_DOUBLE 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_INNO_STRING_SINGLE 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_INNO_IDENTIFIER 12
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_OPAL
|
|
#define wxSTC_OPAL_SPACE 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_OPAL_COMMENT_BLOCK 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_OPAL_COMMENT_LINE 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_OPAL_INTEGER 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_OPAL_KEYWORD 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_OPAL_SORT 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_OPAL_STRING 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_OPAL_PAR 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_OPAL_BOOL_CONST 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_OPAL_DEFAULT 32
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_SPICE
|
|
#define wxSTC_SPICE_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_SPICE_IDENTIFIER 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_SPICE_KEYWORD 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_SPICE_KEYWORD2 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_SPICE_KEYWORD3 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_SPICE_NUMBER 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_SPICE_DELIMITER 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_SPICE_VALUE 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_SPICE_COMMENTLINE 8
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_CMAKE
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMAKE_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMAKE_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMAKE_STRINGDQ 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMAKE_STRINGLQ 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMAKE_STRINGRQ 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMAKE_COMMANDS 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMAKE_PARAMETERS 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMAKE_VARIABLE 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMAKE_USERDEFINED 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMAKE_WHILEDEF 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMAKE_FOREACHDEF 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMAKE_IFDEFINEDEF 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMAKE_MACRODEF 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMAKE_STRINGVAR 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMAKE_NUMBER 14
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_GAP
|
|
#define wxSTC_GAP_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_GAP_IDENTIFIER 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_GAP_KEYWORD 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_GAP_KEYWORD2 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_GAP_KEYWORD3 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_GAP_KEYWORD4 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_GAP_STRING 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_GAP_CHAR 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_GAP_OPERATOR 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_GAP_COMMENT 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_GAP_NUMBER 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_GAP_STRINGEOL 11
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical state for SCLEX_PLM
|
|
#define wxSTC_PLM_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_PLM_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_PLM_STRING 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_PLM_NUMBER 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_PLM_IDENTIFIER 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_PLM_OPERATOR 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_PLM_CONTROL 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_PLM_KEYWORD 7
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical state for SCLEX_PROGRESS
|
|
#define wxSTC_ABL_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_ABL_NUMBER 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_ABL_WORD 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_ABL_STRING 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_ABL_CHARACTER 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_ABL_PREPROCESSOR 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_ABL_OPERATOR 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_ABL_IDENTIFIER 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_ABL_BLOCK 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_ABL_END 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_ABL_COMMENT 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_ABL_TASKMARKER 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_ABL_LINECOMMENT 12
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_ABAQUS
|
|
#define wxSTC_ABAQUS_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_ABAQUS_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_ABAQUS_COMMENTBLOCK 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_ABAQUS_NUMBER 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_ABAQUS_STRING 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_ABAQUS_OPERATOR 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_ABAQUS_WORD 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_ABAQUS_PROCESSOR 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_ABAQUS_COMMAND 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_ABAQUS_SLASHCOMMAND 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_ABAQUS_STARCOMMAND 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_ABAQUS_ARGUMENT 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_ABAQUS_FUNCTION 12
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_ASYMPTOTE
|
|
#define wxSTC_ASY_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_ASY_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_ASY_COMMENTLINE 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_ASY_NUMBER 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_ASY_WORD 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_ASY_STRING 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_ASY_CHARACTER 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_ASY_OPERATOR 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_ASY_IDENTIFIER 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_ASY_STRINGEOL 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_ASY_COMMENTLINEDOC 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_ASY_WORD2 11
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_R
|
|
#define wxSTC_R_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_R_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_R_KWORD 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_R_BASEKWORD 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_R_OTHERKWORD 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_R_NUMBER 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_R_STRING 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_R_STRING2 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_R_OPERATOR 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_R_IDENTIFIER 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_R_INFIX 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_R_INFIXEOL 11
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical state for SCLEX_MAGIK
|
|
#define wxSTC_MAGIK_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_MAGIK_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_MAGIK_HYPER_COMMENT 16
|
|
#define wxSTC_MAGIK_STRING 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_MAGIK_CHARACTER 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_MAGIK_NUMBER 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_MAGIK_IDENTIFIER 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_MAGIK_OPERATOR 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_MAGIK_FLOW 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_MAGIK_CONTAINER 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_MAGIK_BRACKET_BLOCK 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_MAGIK_BRACE_BLOCK 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_MAGIK_SQBRACKET_BLOCK 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_MAGIK_UNKNOWN_KEYWORD 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_MAGIK_KEYWORD 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_MAGIK_PRAGMA 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_MAGIK_SYMBOL 15
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical state for SCLEX_POWERSHELL
|
|
#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_STRING 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_CHARACTER 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_NUMBER 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_VARIABLE 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_OPERATOR 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_IDENTIFIER 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_KEYWORD 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_CMDLET 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_ALIAS 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_FUNCTION 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_USER1 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_COMMENTSTREAM 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_HERE_STRING 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_HERE_CHARACTER 15
|
|
#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_COMMENTDOCKEYWORD 16
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical state for SCLEX_MYSQL
|
|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_COMMENTLINE 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_VARIABLE 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_SYSTEMVARIABLE 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_KNOWNSYSTEMVARIABLE 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_NUMBER 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_MAJORKEYWORD 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_KEYWORD 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_DATABASEOBJECT 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_PROCEDUREKEYWORD 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_STRING 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_SQSTRING 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_DQSTRING 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_OPERATOR 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_FUNCTION 15
|
|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_IDENTIFIER 16
|
|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_QUOTEDIDENTIFIER 17
|
|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_USER1 18
|
|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_USER2 19
|
|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_USER3 20
|
|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_HIDDENCOMMAND 21
|
|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_PLACEHOLDER 22
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical state for SCLEX_PO
|
|
#define wxSTC_PO_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_PO_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_PO_MSGID 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_PO_MSGID_TEXT 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_PO_MSGSTR 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_PO_MSGSTR_TEXT 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_PO_MSGCTXT 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_PO_MSGCTXT_TEXT 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_PO_FUZZY 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_PO_PROGRAMMER_COMMENT 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_PO_REFERENCE 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_PO_FLAGS 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_PO_MSGID_TEXT_EOL 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_PO_MSGSTR_TEXT_EOL 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_PO_MSGCTXT_TEXT_EOL 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_PO_ERROR 15
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_PASCAL
|
|
#define wxSTC_PAS_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_PAS_IDENTIFIER 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_PAS_COMMENT 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_PAS_COMMENT2 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_PAS_COMMENTLINE 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_PAS_PREPROCESSOR 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_PAS_PREPROCESSOR2 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_PAS_NUMBER 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_PAS_HEXNUMBER 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_PAS_WORD 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_PAS_STRING 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_PAS_STRINGEOL 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_PAS_CHARACTER 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_PAS_OPERATOR 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_PAS_ASM 14
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical state for SCLEX_SORCUS
|
|
#define wxSTC_SORCUS_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_SORCUS_COMMAND 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_SORCUS_PARAMETER 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_SORCUS_COMMENTLINE 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_SORCUS_STRING 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_SORCUS_STRINGEOL 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_SORCUS_IDENTIFIER 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_SORCUS_OPERATOR 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_SORCUS_NUMBER 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_SORCUS_CONSTANT 9
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical state for SCLEX_POWERPRO
|
|
#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_COMMENTBLOCK 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_COMMENTLINE 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_NUMBER 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_WORD 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_WORD2 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_WORD3 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_WORD4 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_DOUBLEQUOTEDSTRING 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_SINGLEQUOTEDSTRING 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_LINECONTINUE 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_OPERATOR 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_IDENTIFIER 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_STRINGEOL 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_VERBATIM 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_ALTQUOTE 15
|
|
#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_FUNCTION 16
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_SML
|
|
#define wxSTC_SML_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_SML_IDENTIFIER 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_SML_TAGNAME 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_SML_KEYWORD 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_SML_KEYWORD2 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_SML_KEYWORD3 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_SML_LINENUM 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_SML_OPERATOR 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_SML_NUMBER 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_SML_CHAR 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_SML_STRING 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_SML_COMMENT 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_SML_COMMENT1 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_SML_COMMENT2 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_SML_COMMENT3 15
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical state for SCLEX_MARKDOWN
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_LINE_BEGIN 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_STRONG1 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_STRONG2 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_EM1 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_EM2 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_HEADER1 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_HEADER2 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_HEADER3 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_HEADER4 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_HEADER5 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_HEADER6 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_PRECHAR 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_ULIST_ITEM 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_OLIST_ITEM 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_BLOCKQUOTE 15
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_STRIKEOUT 16
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_HRULE 17
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_LINK 18
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_CODE 19
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_CODE2 20
|
|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_CODEBK 21
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical state for SCLEX_TXT2TAGS
|
|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_LINE_BEGIN 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_STRONG1 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_STRONG2 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_EM1 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_EM2 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_HEADER1 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_HEADER2 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_HEADER3 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_HEADER4 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_HEADER5 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_HEADER6 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_PRECHAR 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_ULIST_ITEM 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_OLIST_ITEM 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_BLOCKQUOTE 15
|
|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_STRIKEOUT 16
|
|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_HRULE 17
|
|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_LINK 18
|
|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_CODE 19
|
|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_CODE2 20
|
|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_CODEBK 21
|
|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_COMMENT 22
|
|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_OPTION 23
|
|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_PREPROC 24
|
|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_POSTPROC 25
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_A68K
|
|
#define wxSTC_A68K_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_A68K_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_A68K_NUMBER_DEC 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_A68K_NUMBER_BIN 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_A68K_NUMBER_HEX 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_A68K_STRING1 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_A68K_OPERATOR 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_A68K_CPUINSTRUCTION 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_A68K_EXTINSTRUCTION 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_A68K_REGISTER 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_A68K_DIRECTIVE 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_A68K_MACRO_ARG 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_A68K_LABEL 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_A68K_STRING2 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_A68K_IDENTIFIER 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_A68K_MACRO_DECLARATION 15
|
|
#define wxSTC_A68K_COMMENT_WORD 16
|
|
#define wxSTC_A68K_COMMENT_SPECIAL 17
|
|
#define wxSTC_A68K_COMMENT_DOXYGEN 18
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_MODULA
|
|
#define wxSTC_MODULA_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_MODULA_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_MODULA_DOXYCOMM 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_MODULA_DOXYKEY 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_MODULA_KEYWORD 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_MODULA_RESERVED 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_MODULA_NUMBER 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_MODULA_BASENUM 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_MODULA_FLOAT 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_MODULA_STRING 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_MODULA_STRSPEC 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_MODULA_CHAR 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_MODULA_CHARSPEC 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_MODULA_PROC 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_MODULA_PRAGMA 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_MODULA_PRGKEY 15
|
|
#define wxSTC_MODULA_OPERATOR 16
|
|
#define wxSTC_MODULA_BADSTR 17
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_COFFEESCRIPT
|
|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_COMMENTLINE 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_COMMENTDOC 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_NUMBER 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_WORD 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_STRING 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_CHARACTER 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_UUID 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_PREPROCESSOR 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_OPERATOR 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_IDENTIFIER 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_STRINGEOL 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_VERBATIM 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_REGEX 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_COMMENTLINEDOC 15
|
|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_WORD2 16
|
|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_COMMENTDOCKEYWORD 17
|
|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_COMMENTDOCKEYWORDERROR 18
|
|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_GLOBALCLASS 19
|
|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_STRINGRAW 20
|
|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_TRIPLEVERBATIM 21
|
|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_COMMENTBLOCK 22
|
|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_VERBOSE_REGEX 23
|
|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_VERBOSE_REGEX_COMMENT 24
|
|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_INSTANCEPROPERTY 25
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_AVS
|
|
#define wxSTC_AVS_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_AVS_COMMENTBLOCK 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_AVS_COMMENTBLOCKN 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_AVS_COMMENTLINE 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_AVS_NUMBER 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_AVS_OPERATOR 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_AVS_IDENTIFIER 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_AVS_STRING 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_AVS_TRIPLESTRING 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_AVS_KEYWORD 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_AVS_FILTER 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_AVS_PLUGIN 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_AVS_FUNCTION 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_AVS_CLIPPROP 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_AVS_USERDFN 14
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_ECL
|
|
#define wxSTC_ECL_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_ECL_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_ECL_COMMENTLINE 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_ECL_NUMBER 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_ECL_STRING 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_ECL_WORD0 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_ECL_OPERATOR 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_ECL_CHARACTER 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_ECL_UUID 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_ECL_PREPROCESSOR 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_ECL_UNKNOWN 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_ECL_IDENTIFIER 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_ECL_STRINGEOL 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_ECL_VERBATIM 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_ECL_REGEX 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_ECL_COMMENTLINEDOC 15
|
|
#define wxSTC_ECL_WORD1 16
|
|
#define wxSTC_ECL_COMMENTDOCKEYWORD 17
|
|
#define wxSTC_ECL_COMMENTDOCKEYWORDERROR 18
|
|
#define wxSTC_ECL_WORD2 19
|
|
#define wxSTC_ECL_WORD3 20
|
|
#define wxSTC_ECL_WORD4 21
|
|
#define wxSTC_ECL_WORD5 22
|
|
#define wxSTC_ECL_COMMENTDOC 23
|
|
#define wxSTC_ECL_ADDED 24
|
|
#define wxSTC_ECL_DELETED 25
|
|
#define wxSTC_ECL_CHANGED 26
|
|
#define wxSTC_ECL_MOVED 27
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_OSCRIPT
|
|
#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_LINE_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_BLOCK_COMMENT 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_DOC_COMMENT 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_PREPROCESSOR 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_NUMBER 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_SINGLEQUOTE_STRING 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_DOUBLEQUOTE_STRING 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_CONSTANT 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_IDENTIFIER 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_GLOBAL 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_KEYWORD 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_OPERATOR 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_LABEL 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_TYPE 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_FUNCTION 15
|
|
#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_OBJECT 16
|
|
#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_PROPERTY 17
|
|
#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_METHOD 18
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_VISUALPROLOG
|
|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_KEY_MAJOR 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_KEY_MINOR 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_KEY_DIRECTIVE 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_COMMENT_BLOCK 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_COMMENT_LINE 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_COMMENT_KEY 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_COMMENT_KEY_ERROR 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_IDENTIFIER 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_VARIABLE 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_ANONYMOUS 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_NUMBER 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_OPERATOR 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_CHARACTER 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_CHARACTER_TOO_MANY 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_CHARACTER_ESCAPE_ERROR 15
|
|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_STRING 16
|
|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_STRING_ESCAPE 17
|
|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_STRING_ESCAPE_ERROR 18
|
|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_STRING_EOL_OPEN 19
|
|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_STRING_VERBATIM 20
|
|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_STRING_VERBATIM_SPECIAL 21
|
|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_STRING_VERBATIM_EOL 22
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_STTXT
|
|
#define wxSTC_STTXT_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_STTXT_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_STTXT_COMMENTLINE 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_STTXT_KEYWORD 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_STTXT_TYPE 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_STTXT_FUNCTION 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_STTXT_FB 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_STTXT_NUMBER 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_STTXT_HEXNUMBER 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_STTXT_PRAGMA 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_STTXT_OPERATOR 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_STTXT_CHARACTER 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_STTXT_STRING1 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_STTXT_STRING2 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_STTXT_STRINGEOL 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_STTXT_IDENTIFIER 15
|
|
#define wxSTC_STTXT_DATETIME 16
|
|
#define wxSTC_STTXT_VARS 17
|
|
#define wxSTC_STTXT_PRAGMAS 18
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_KVIRC
|
|
#define wxSTC_KVIRC_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_KVIRC_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_KVIRC_COMMENTBLOCK 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_KVIRC_STRING 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_KVIRC_WORD 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_KVIRC_KEYWORD 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_KVIRC_FUNCTION_KEYWORD 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_KVIRC_FUNCTION 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_KVIRC_VARIABLE 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_KVIRC_NUMBER 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_KVIRC_OPERATOR 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_KVIRC_STRING_FUNCTION 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_KVIRC_STRING_VARIABLE 12
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_RUST
|
|
#define wxSTC_RUST_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_RUST_COMMENTBLOCK 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_RUST_COMMENTLINE 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_RUST_COMMENTBLOCKDOC 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_RUST_COMMENTLINEDOC 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_RUST_NUMBER 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_RUST_WORD 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_RUST_WORD2 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_RUST_WORD3 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_RUST_WORD4 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_RUST_WORD5 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_RUST_WORD6 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_RUST_WORD7 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_RUST_STRING 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_RUST_STRINGR 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_RUST_CHARACTER 15
|
|
#define wxSTC_RUST_OPERATOR 16
|
|
#define wxSTC_RUST_IDENTIFIER 17
|
|
#define wxSTC_RUST_LIFETIME 18
|
|
#define wxSTC_RUST_MACRO 19
|
|
#define wxSTC_RUST_LEXERROR 20
|
|
#define wxSTC_RUST_BYTESTRING 21
|
|
#define wxSTC_RUST_BYTESTRINGR 22
|
|
#define wxSTC_RUST_BYTECHARACTER 23
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_DMAP
|
|
#define wxSTC_DMAP_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_DMAP_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_DMAP_NUMBER 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_DMAP_STRING1 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_DMAP_STRING2 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_DMAP_STRINGEOL 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_DMAP_OPERATOR 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_DMAP_IDENTIFIER 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_DMAP_WORD 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_DMAP_WORD2 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_DMAP_WORD3 10
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_DMIS
|
|
#define wxSTC_DMIS_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_DMIS_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_DMIS_STRING 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_DMIS_NUMBER 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_DMIS_KEYWORD 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_DMIS_MAJORWORD 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_DMIS_MINORWORD 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_DMIS_UNSUPPORTED_MAJOR 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_DMIS_UNSUPPORTED_MINOR 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_DMIS_LABEL 9
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_REGISTRY
|
|
#define wxSTC_REG_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_REG_COMMENT 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_REG_VALUENAME 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_REG_STRING 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_REG_HEXDIGIT 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_REG_VALUETYPE 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_REG_ADDEDKEY 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_REG_DELETEDKEY 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_REG_ESCAPED 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_REG_KEYPATH_GUID 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_REG_STRING_GUID 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_REG_PARAMETER 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_REG_OPERATOR 12
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical state for SCLEX_BIBTEX
|
|
#define wxSTC_BIBTEX_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_BIBTEX_ENTRY 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_BIBTEX_UNKNOWN_ENTRY 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_BIBTEX_KEY 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_BIBTEX_PARAMETER 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_BIBTEX_VALUE 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_BIBTEX_COMMENT 6
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical state for SCLEX_SREC
|
|
#define wxSTC_HEX_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_HEX_RECSTART 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_HEX_RECTYPE 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_HEX_RECTYPE_UNKNOWN 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_HEX_BYTECOUNT 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_HEX_BYTECOUNT_WRONG 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_HEX_NOADDRESS 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_HEX_DATAADDRESS 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_HEX_RECCOUNT 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_HEX_STARTADDRESS 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_HEX_ADDRESSFIELD_UNKNOWN 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_HEX_EXTENDEDADDRESS 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_HEX_DATA_ODD 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_HEX_DATA_EVEN 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_HEX_DATA_UNKNOWN 14
|
|
#define wxSTC_HEX_DATA_EMPTY 15
|
|
#define wxSTC_HEX_CHECKSUM 16
|
|
#define wxSTC_HEX_CHECKSUM_WRONG 17
|
|
#define wxSTC_HEX_GARBAGE 18
|
|
|
|
/// Lexical state for SCLEX_IHEX (shared with Srec)
|
|
/// Lexical state for SCLEX_TEHEX (shared with Srec)
|
|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_JSON
|
|
#define wxSTC_JSON_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_JSON_NUMBER 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_JSON_STRING 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_JSON_STRINGEOL 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_JSON_PROPERTYNAME 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_JSON_ESCAPESEQUENCE 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_JSON_LINECOMMENT 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_JSON_BLOCKCOMMENT 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_JSON_OPERATOR 8
|
|
#define wxSTC_JSON_URI 9
|
|
#define wxSTC_JSON_COMPACTIRI 10
|
|
#define wxSTC_JSON_KEYWORD 11
|
|
#define wxSTC_JSON_LDKEYWORD 12
|
|
#define wxSTC_JSON_ERROR 13
|
|
#define wxSTC_EDI_DEFAULT 0
|
|
#define wxSTC_EDI_SEGMENTSTART 1
|
|
#define wxSTC_EDI_SEGMENTEND 2
|
|
#define wxSTC_EDI_SEP_ELEMENT 3
|
|
#define wxSTC_EDI_SEP_COMPOSITE 4
|
|
#define wxSTC_EDI_SEP_RELEASE 5
|
|
#define wxSTC_EDI_UNA 6
|
|
#define wxSTC_EDI_UNH 7
|
|
#define wxSTC_EDI_BADSEGMENT 8
|
|
|
|
//}}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//The following values are deprecated in the Scintilla library
|
|
|
|
///@deprecated
|
|
#define wxSTC_INDIC0_MASK 0x20
|
|
|
|
///@deprecated
|
|
#define wxSTC_INDIC1_MASK 0x40
|
|
|
|
///@deprecated
|
|
#define wxSTC_INDIC2_MASK 0x80
|
|
|
|
///@deprecated
|
|
#define wxSTC_INDICS_MASK 0xE0
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Commands that can be bound to keystrokes {{{
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// Redoes the next action on the undo history.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_REDO 2011
|
|
|
|
/// Select all the text in the document.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_SELECTALL 2013
|
|
|
|
/// Undo one action in the undo history.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_UNDO 2176
|
|
|
|
/// Cut the selection to the clipboard.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_CUT 2177
|
|
|
|
/// Copy the selection to the clipboard.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_COPY 2178
|
|
|
|
/// Paste the contents of the clipboard into the document replacing the selection.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_PASTE 2179
|
|
|
|
/// Clear the selection.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_CLEAR 2180
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret down one line.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEDOWN 2300
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret down one line extending selection to new caret position.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEDOWNEXTEND 2301
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret up one line.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEUP 2302
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret up one line extending selection to new caret position.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEUPEXTEND 2303
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret left one character.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_CHARLEFT 2304
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret left one character extending selection to new caret position.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_CHARLEFTEXTEND 2305
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret right one character.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_CHARRIGHT 2306
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret right one character extending selection to new caret position.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_CHARRIGHTEXTEND 2307
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret left one word.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_WORDLEFT 2308
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret left one word extending selection to new caret position.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_WORDLEFTEXTEND 2309
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret right one word.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_WORDRIGHT 2310
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret right one word extending selection to new caret position.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_WORDRIGHTEXTEND 2311
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret to first position on line.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_HOME 2312
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret to first position on line extending selection to new caret position.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_HOMEEXTEND 2313
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret to last position on line.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEEND 2314
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret to last position on line extending selection to new caret position.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEENDEXTEND 2315
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret to first position in document.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_DOCUMENTSTART 2316
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret to first position in document extending selection to new caret position.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_DOCUMENTSTARTEXTEND 2317
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret to last position in document.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_DOCUMENTEND 2318
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret to last position in document extending selection to new caret position.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_DOCUMENTENDEXTEND 2319
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret one page up.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_PAGEUP 2320
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret one page up extending selection to new caret position.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_PAGEUPEXTEND 2321
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret one page down.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_PAGEDOWN 2322
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret one page down extending selection to new caret position.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_PAGEDOWNEXTEND 2323
|
|
|
|
/// Switch from insert to overtype mode or the reverse.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_EDITTOGGLEOVERTYPE 2324
|
|
|
|
/// Cancel any modes such as call tip or auto-completion list display.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_CANCEL 2325
|
|
|
|
/// Delete the selection or if no selection, the character before the caret.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_DELETEBACK 2326
|
|
|
|
/// If selection is empty or all on one line replace the selection with a tab character.
|
|
/// If more than one line selected, indent the lines.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_TAB 2327
|
|
|
|
/// Dedent the selected lines.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_BACKTAB 2328
|
|
|
|
/// Insert a new line, may use a CRLF, CR or LF depending on EOL mode.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_NEWLINE 2329
|
|
|
|
/// Insert a Form Feed character.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_FORMFEED 2330
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret to before first visible character on line.
|
|
/// If already there move to first character on line.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_VCHOME 2331
|
|
|
|
/// Like VCHome but extending selection to new caret position.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_VCHOMEEXTEND 2332
|
|
|
|
/// Magnify the displayed text by increasing the sizes by 1 point.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_ZOOMIN 2333
|
|
|
|
/// Make the displayed text smaller by decreasing the sizes by 1 point.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_ZOOMOUT 2334
|
|
|
|
/// Delete the word to the left of the caret.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_DELWORDLEFT 2335
|
|
|
|
/// Delete the word to the right of the caret.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_DELWORDRIGHT 2336
|
|
|
|
/// Delete the word to the right of the caret, but not the trailing non-word characters.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_DELWORDRIGHTEND 2518
|
|
|
|
/// Cut the line containing the caret.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LINECUT 2337
|
|
|
|
/// Delete the line containing the caret.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEDELETE 2338
|
|
|
|
/// Switch the current line with the previous.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LINETRANSPOSE 2339
|
|
|
|
/// Duplicate the current line.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEDUPLICATE 2404
|
|
|
|
/// Transform the selection to lower case.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LOWERCASE 2340
|
|
|
|
/// Transform the selection to upper case.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_UPPERCASE 2341
|
|
|
|
/// Scroll the document down, keeping the caret visible.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LINESCROLLDOWN 2342
|
|
|
|
/// Scroll the document up, keeping the caret visible.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LINESCROLLUP 2343
|
|
|
|
/// Delete the selection or if no selection, the character before the caret.
|
|
/// Will not delete the character before at the start of a line.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_DELETEBACKNOTLINE 2344
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret to first position on display line.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_HOMEDISPLAY 2345
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret to first position on display line extending selection to
|
|
/// new caret position.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_HOMEDISPLAYEXTEND 2346
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret to last position on display line.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEENDDISPLAY 2347
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret to last position on display line extending selection to new
|
|
/// caret position.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEENDDISPLAYEXTEND 2348
|
|
|
|
/// Like Home but when word-wrap is enabled goes first to start of display line
|
|
/// HomeDisplay, then to start of document line Home.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_HOMEWRAP 2349
|
|
|
|
/// Like HomeExtend but when word-wrap is enabled extends first to start of display line
|
|
/// HomeDisplayExtend, then to start of document line HomeExtend.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_HOMEWRAPEXTEND 2450
|
|
|
|
/// Like LineEnd but when word-wrap is enabled goes first to end of display line
|
|
/// LineEndDisplay, then to start of document line LineEnd.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEENDWRAP 2451
|
|
|
|
/// Like LineEndExtend but when word-wrap is enabled extends first to end of display line
|
|
/// LineEndDisplayExtend, then to start of document line LineEndExtend.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEENDWRAPEXTEND 2452
|
|
|
|
/// Like VCHome but when word-wrap is enabled goes first to start of display line
|
|
/// VCHomeDisplay, then behaves like VCHome.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_VCHOMEWRAP 2453
|
|
|
|
/// Like VCHomeExtend but when word-wrap is enabled extends first to start of display line
|
|
/// VCHomeDisplayExtend, then behaves like VCHomeExtend.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_VCHOMEWRAPEXTEND 2454
|
|
|
|
/// Copy the line containing the caret.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LINECOPY 2455
|
|
|
|
/// Move to the previous change in capitalisation.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_WORDPARTLEFT 2390
|
|
|
|
/// Move to the previous change in capitalisation extending selection
|
|
/// to new caret position.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_WORDPARTLEFTEXTEND 2391
|
|
|
|
/// Move to the change next in capitalisation.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_WORDPARTRIGHT 2392
|
|
|
|
/// Move to the next change in capitalisation extending selection
|
|
/// to new caret position.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_WORDPARTRIGHTEXTEND 2393
|
|
|
|
/// Delete back from the current position to the start of the line.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_DELLINELEFT 2395
|
|
|
|
/// Delete forwards from the current position to the end of the line.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_DELLINERIGHT 2396
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret down one paragraph (delimited by empty lines).
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_PARADOWN 2413
|
|
|
|
/// Extend selection down one paragraph (delimited by empty lines).
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_PARADOWNEXTEND 2414
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret up one paragraph (delimited by empty lines).
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_PARAUP 2415
|
|
|
|
/// Extend selection up one paragraph (delimited by empty lines).
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_PARAUPEXTEND 2416
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret down one line, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEDOWNRECTEXTEND 2426
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret up one line, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEUPRECTEXTEND 2427
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret left one character, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_CHARLEFTRECTEXTEND 2428
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret right one character, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_CHARRIGHTRECTEXTEND 2429
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret to first position on line, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_HOMERECTEXTEND 2430
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret to before first visible character on line.
|
|
/// If already there move to first character on line.
|
|
/// In either case, extend rectangular selection to new caret position.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_VCHOMERECTEXTEND 2431
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret to last position on line, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEENDRECTEXTEND 2432
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret one page up, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_PAGEUPRECTEXTEND 2433
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret one page down, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_PAGEDOWNRECTEXTEND 2434
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret to top of page, or one page up if already at top of page.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_STUTTEREDPAGEUP 2435
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret to top of page, or one page up if already at top of page, extending selection to new caret position.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_STUTTEREDPAGEUPEXTEND 2436
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret to bottom of page, or one page down if already at bottom of page.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_STUTTEREDPAGEDOWN 2437
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret to bottom of page, or one page down if already at bottom of page, extending selection to new caret position.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_STUTTEREDPAGEDOWNEXTEND 2438
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret left one word, position cursor at end of word.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_WORDLEFTEND 2439
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret left one word, position cursor at end of word, extending selection to new caret position.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_WORDLEFTENDEXTEND 2440
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret right one word, position cursor at end of word.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_WORDRIGHTEND 2441
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret right one word, position cursor at end of word, extending selection to new caret position.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_WORDRIGHTENDEXTEND 2442
|
|
|
|
/// Centre current line in window.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_VERTICALCENTRECARET 2619
|
|
|
|
/// Move the selected lines up one line, shifting the line above after the selection
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_MOVESELECTEDLINESUP 2620
|
|
|
|
/// Move the selected lines down one line, shifting the line below before the selection
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_MOVESELECTEDLINESDOWN 2621
|
|
|
|
/// Scroll to start of document.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_SCROLLTOSTART 2628
|
|
|
|
/// Scroll to end of document.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_SCROLLTOEND 2629
|
|
|
|
/// Move caret to before first visible character on display line.
|
|
/// If already there move to first character on display line.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_VCHOMEDISPLAY 2652
|
|
|
|
/// Like VCHomeDisplay but extending selection to new caret position.
|
|
#define wxSTC_CMD_VCHOMEDISPLAYEXTEND 2653
|
|
|
|
//}}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@class wxStyledTextCtrl
|
|
|
|
A wxWidgets implementation of the Scintilla source code editing component.
|
|
|
|
As well as features found in standard text editing components, Scintilla
|
|
includes features especially useful when editing and debugging source code.
|
|
These include support for syntax styling, error indicators, code completion
|
|
and call tips.
|
|
|
|
The selection margin can contain markers like those used in debuggers to indicate
|
|
breakpoints and the current line. Styling choices are more open than with many
|
|
editors, allowing the use of proportional fonts, bold and italics, multiple
|
|
foreground and background colours and multiple fonts.
|
|
|
|
wxStyledTextCtrl is a 1 to 1 mapping of "raw" scintilla interface, whose
|
|
documentation can be found in the Scintilla website (http://www.scintilla.org/).
|
|
|
|
|
|
@section stc_index Index of the member groups
|
|
|
|
Links for quick access to the various categories of wxStyledTextCtrl functions:
|
|
- @ref_member_group{ctor, Constructors and related methods}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{TextRetrievalAndModification, Text retrieval and modification}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{Searching, Searching and replacing}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{Overtype, Overtype}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{CutCopyAndPaste, Cut copy and paste}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{ErrorHandling, Error handling}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{UndoAndRedo, Undo and Redo}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{SelectionAndInformation, Selection and information}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{MultipleSelectionAndVirtualSpace, Multiple Selection and Virtual Space}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{ScrollingAndAutomaticScrolling, Scrolling and automatic scrolling}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{WhiteSpace, White space}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{Cursor, Cursor}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{MouseCapture, Mouse capture}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{LineEndings, Line endings}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{Words, Words}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{Styling, Styling}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{StyleDefinition, Style definition}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{CaretAndSelectionStyles, Caret selection and hotspot styles}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{CharacterRepresentations, Character representations}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{Margins, Margins}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{Annotations, Annotations}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{OtherSettings, Other settings}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{BraceHighlighting, Brace highlighting}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{TabsAndIndentationGuides, Tabs and Indentation Guides}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{Markers, Markers}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{Indicators, Indicators}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{Autocompletion, Autocompletion}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{UserLists, User lists}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{CallTips, Call tips}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{KeyboardCommands, Keyboard commands}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{KeyBindings, Key bindings}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{PopupEditMenu, Popup edit menu}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{MacroRecording, Macro recording}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{Printing, Printing}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{DirectAccess, Direct access}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{MultipleViews, Multiple views}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{BackgroundLoadSave, Background loading and saving}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{Folding, Folding}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{LineWrapping, Line wrapping}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{Zooming, Zooming}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{LongLines, Long lines}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{Lexer, Lexer}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{Notifications, Event related items}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{DeprecatedMessages, Deprecated items}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{additional_methods, Additional wxStyledTextCtrl methods}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{raw_variants , Raw variants}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{text_entry, Text entry methods}
|
|
- @ref_member_group{text_area, Text area methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
@section event_list Events
|
|
|
|
@beginEventEmissionTable{wxStyledTextEvent}
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_CANCELLED(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_CANCELLED event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_CHAR_DELETED(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_CHAR_DELETED event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_COMPLETED(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_COMPLETED event.
|
|
@since 3.1.1
|
|
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_SELECTION(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_SELECTION event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_CALLTIP_CLICK(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_CALLTIP_CLICK event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_CHANGE(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_CHANGE event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_CHARADDED(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_CHARADDED event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_CLIPBOARD_COPY(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_CLIPBOARD_COPY event.
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_CLIPBOARD_PASTE(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_CLIPBOARD_PASTE event.
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_DO_DROP(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_DO_DROP event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_DOUBLECLICK(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_DOUBLECLICK event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_DRAG_OVER(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_DRAG_OVER event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_DWELLEND(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_DWELLEND event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_DWELLSTART(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_DWELLSTART event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_HOTSPOT_CLICK(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_HOTSPOT_CLICK event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_HOTSPOT_DCLICK(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_HOTSPOT_DCLICK event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_HOTSPOT_RELEASE_CLICK(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_HOTSPOT_RELEASE_CLICK event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_INDICATOR_CLICK(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_INDICATOR_CLICK event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_INDICATOR_RELEASE(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_INDICATOR_RELEASE event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_MACRORECORD(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_MACRORECORD event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_MARGIN_RIGHT_CLICK(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_MARGIN_RIGHT_CLICK event.
|
|
@since 3.1.1
|
|
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_MARGINCLICK(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_MARGINCLICK event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_MODIFIED(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_MODIFIED event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_NEEDSHOWN(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_NEEDSHOWN event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_PAINTED(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_PAINTED event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_ROMODIFYATTEMPT(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_ROMODIFYATTEMPT event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_SAVEPOINTLEFT(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_SAVEPOINTLEFT event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_SAVEPOINTREACHED(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_SAVEPOINTREACHED event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_START_DRAG(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_START_DRAG event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_STYLENEEDED(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_STYLENEEDED event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_UPDATEUI(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_UPDATEUI event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_USERLISTSELECTION(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_USERLISTSELECTION event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_ZOOM(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_ZOOM event.
|
|
@endEventTable
|
|
|
|
@library{wxstc}
|
|
@category{stc}
|
|
|
|
@see wxStyledTextEvent
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
class wxStyledTextCtrl : public wxControl, public wxTextEntry
|
|
{
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
// Ctor, etc
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------
|
|
///@member_group_name{ctor, Constructors and related methods}
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Ctor.
|
|
*/
|
|
wxStyledTextCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id=wxID_ANY,
|
|
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
|
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
|
|
const wxString& name = wxSTCNameStr);
|
|
/**
|
|
Default ctor.
|
|
*/
|
|
wxStyledTextCtrl();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Destructor.
|
|
*/
|
|
~wxStyledTextCtrl();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Create the UI elements for a STC that was created with the default ctor. (For 2-phase create.)
|
|
*/
|
|
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id=wxID_ANY,
|
|
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
|
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
|
|
const wxString& name = wxSTCNameStr);
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Scintilla methods (generated by gen_iface.py)
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
// **** Generated methods {{{
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{TextRetrievalAndModification, Text retrieval and modification}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Add text to the document at current position.
|
|
*/
|
|
void AddText(const wxString& text);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Add array of cells to document.
|
|
*/
|
|
void AddStyledText(const wxMemoryBuffer& data);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Insert string at a position.
|
|
*/
|
|
void InsertText(int pos, const wxString& text);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Change the text that is being inserted in response to wxSTC_MOD_INSERTCHECK
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
void ChangeInsertion(int length, const wxString& text);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Delete all text in the document.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ClearAll();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Delete a range of text in the document.
|
|
*/
|
|
void DeleteRange(int start, int lengthDelete);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set all style bytes to 0, remove all folding information.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ClearDocumentStyle();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns the character byte at the position.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetCharAt(int pos) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns the style byte at the position.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetStyleAt(int pos) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Remember the current position in the undo history as the position
|
|
at which the document was saved.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetSavePoint();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve a buffer of cells.
|
|
*/
|
|
wxMemoryBuffer GetStyledText(int startPos, int endPos);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
In read-only mode?
|
|
*/
|
|
bool GetReadOnly() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the contents of a line.
|
|
*/
|
|
wxString GetLine(int line) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve a range of text.
|
|
*/
|
|
wxString GetTextRange(int startPos, int endPos);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Replace the selected text with the argument text.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ReplaceSelection(const wxString& text);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set to read only or read write.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetReadOnly(bool readOnly);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Replace the contents of the document with the argument text.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetText(const wxString& text);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve all the text in the document.
|
|
*/
|
|
wxString GetText() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Append a string to the end of the document without changing the selection.
|
|
*/
|
|
void AppendText(const wxString& text);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Enlarge the document to a particular size of text bytes.
|
|
*/
|
|
void Allocate(int bytes);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Release all extended (>255) style numbers
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
void ReleaseAllExtendedStyles();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Allocate some extended (>255) style numbers and return the start of the range
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
int AllocateExtendedStyles(int numberStyles);
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{Searching, Searching and replacing}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Find some text in the document.
|
|
|
|
@param minPos
|
|
The position (starting from zero) in the document at which to begin
|
|
the search
|
|
@param maxPos
|
|
The last position (starting from zero) in the document to which
|
|
the search will be restricted.
|
|
@param text
|
|
The text to search for.
|
|
@param flags
|
|
(Optional) The search flags. This should be a bit list containing
|
|
one or more of the @link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_FIND_WHOLEWORD
|
|
wxSTC_FIND_* @endlink constants.
|
|
@param findEnd
|
|
(Optional) This parameter can optionally be used to receive the
|
|
end position (starting from zero) of the found text. This is
|
|
primarily needed when searching using regular expressions.
|
|
This parameter is available since wxWidgets 3.1.1.
|
|
@return
|
|
The position (starting from zero) in the document at which the text
|
|
was found or wxSTC_INVALID_POSITION if the search fails.
|
|
@remarks
|
|
A backwards search can be performed by setting minPos to be greater
|
|
than maxPos.
|
|
*/
|
|
int FindText(int minPos, int maxPos, const wxString& text, int flags=0,
|
|
int* findEnd=NULL);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets the position that starts the target which is used for updating the
|
|
document without affecting the scroll position.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetTargetStart(int start);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the position that starts the target.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetTargetStart() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets the position that ends the target which is used for updating the
|
|
document without affecting the scroll position.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetTargetEnd(int end);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the position that ends the target.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetTargetEnd() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets both the start and end of the target in one call.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetTargetRange(int start, int end);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the text in the target.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
wxString GetTargetText() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Make the target range start and end be the same as the selection range start and end.
|
|
*/
|
|
void TargetFromSelection();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets the target to the whole document.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.1
|
|
*/
|
|
void TargetWholeDocument();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Replace the target text with the argument text.
|
|
Text is counted so it can contain NULs.
|
|
Returns the length of the replacement text.
|
|
*/
|
|
int ReplaceTarget(const wxString& text);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Replace the target text with the argument text after \\d processing.
|
|
Text is counted so it can contain NULs.
|
|
Looks for \\d where d is between 1 and 9 and replaces these with the strings
|
|
matched in the last search operation which were surrounded by \\( and \\).
|
|
Returns the length of the replacement text including any change
|
|
caused by processing the \\d patterns.
|
|
*/
|
|
int ReplaceTargetRE(const wxString& text);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Search for a counted string in the target and set the target to the found
|
|
range. Text is counted so it can contain NULs.
|
|
Returns length of range or -1 for failure in which case target is not moved.
|
|
*/
|
|
int SearchInTarget(const wxString& text);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the search flags used by SearchInTarget.
|
|
|
|
The input should be a bit list containing one or more of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_FIND_WHOLEWORD wxSTC_FIND_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetSearchFlags(int searchFlags);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the search flags used by SearchInTarget.
|
|
|
|
The return value will be a bit list containing one or more of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_FIND_WHOLEWORD wxSTC_FIND_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetSearchFlags() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the value of a tag from a regular expression search.
|
|
*/
|
|
wxString GetTag(int tagNumber) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets the current caret position to be the search anchor.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SearchAnchor();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Find some text starting at the search anchor.
|
|
Does not ensure the selection is visible.
|
|
*/
|
|
int SearchNext(int searchFlags, const wxString& text);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Find some text starting at the search anchor and moving backwards.
|
|
Does not ensure the selection is visible.
|
|
*/
|
|
int SearchPrev(int searchFlags, const wxString& text);
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{Overtype, Overtype}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set to overtype (true) or insert mode.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetOvertype(bool overType);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns true if overtype mode is active otherwise false is returned.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool GetOvertype() const;
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{CutCopyAndPaste, Cut copy and paste}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Will a paste succeed?
|
|
*/
|
|
bool CanPaste() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Cut the selection to the clipboard.
|
|
*/
|
|
void Cut();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Copy the selection to the clipboard.
|
|
*/
|
|
void Copy();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Paste the contents of the clipboard into the document replacing the selection.
|
|
*/
|
|
void Paste();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Clear the selection.
|
|
*/
|
|
void Clear();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Copy a range of text to the clipboard. Positions are clipped into the document.
|
|
*/
|
|
void CopyRange(int start, int end);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Copy argument text to the clipboard.
|
|
*/
|
|
void CopyText(int length, const wxString& text);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Enable/Disable convert-on-paste for line endings
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetPasteConvertEndings(bool convert);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get convert-on-paste setting
|
|
*/
|
|
bool GetPasteConvertEndings() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Copy the selection, if selection empty copy the line with the caret
|
|
*/
|
|
void CopyAllowLine();
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{ErrorHandling, Error handling}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Change error status - 0 = OK.
|
|
|
|
The input should be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_STATUS_OK wxSTC_STATUS_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetStatus(int status);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get error status.
|
|
|
|
The return value will be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_STATUS_OK wxSTC_STATUS_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetStatus() const;
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{UndoAndRedo, Undo and Redo}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Redoes the next action on the undo history.
|
|
*/
|
|
void Redo();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Choose between collecting actions into the undo
|
|
history and discarding them.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetUndoCollection(bool collectUndo);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Are there any redoable actions in the undo history?
|
|
*/
|
|
bool CanRedo() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Is undo history being collected?
|
|
*/
|
|
bool GetUndoCollection() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Start a sequence of actions that is undone and redone as a unit.
|
|
May be nested.
|
|
*/
|
|
void BeginUndoAction();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
End a sequence of actions that is undone and redone as a unit.
|
|
*/
|
|
void EndUndoAction();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Are there any undoable actions in the undo history?
|
|
*/
|
|
bool CanUndo() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Delete the undo history.
|
|
*/
|
|
void EmptyUndoBuffer();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Undo one action in the undo history.
|
|
*/
|
|
void Undo();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Add a container action to the undo stack
|
|
|
|
The flags argument can be either 0 or wxSTC_UNDO_MAY_COALESCE.
|
|
*/
|
|
void AddUndoAction(int token, int flags);
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{SelectionAndInformation, Selection and information}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns the number of bytes in the document.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetLength() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns the position of the caret.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetCurrentPos() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns the position of the opposite end of the selection to the caret.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetAnchor() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Select all the text in the document.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SelectAll();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Find the position from a point within the window.
|
|
*/
|
|
int PositionFromPoint(wxPoint pt) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Find the position from a point within the window but return
|
|
wxSTC_INVALID_POSITION if not close to text.
|
|
*/
|
|
int PositionFromPointClose(int x, int y);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set caret to start of a line and ensure it is visible.
|
|
*/
|
|
void GotoLine(int line);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set caret to a position and ensure it is visible.
|
|
*/
|
|
void GotoPos(int caret);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the selection anchor to a position. The anchor is the opposite
|
|
end of the selection from the caret.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetAnchor(int anchor);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the text of the line containing the caret.
|
|
|
|
linePos can optionally be passed in to receive the index of the
|
|
caret on the line.
|
|
*/
|
|
wxString GetCurLine(int* linePos=NULL);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the column number of a position, taking tab width into account.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetColumn(int pos) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Count characters between two positions.
|
|
*/
|
|
int CountCharacters(int start, int end);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the position after the last visible characters on a line.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetLineEndPosition(int line) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets the position of the caret.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetCurrentPos(int caret);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets the position that starts the selection - this becomes the anchor.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetSelectionStart(int anchor);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns the position at the start of the selection.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetSelectionStart() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets the position that ends the selection - this becomes the caret.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetSelectionEnd(int caret);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns the position at the end of the selection.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetSelectionEnd() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set caret to a position, while removing any existing selection.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetEmptySelection(int caret);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns the number of lines in the document. There is always at least one.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetLineCount() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Is the document different from when it was last saved?
|
|
*/
|
|
bool GetModify() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the selected text.
|
|
*/
|
|
wxString GetSelectedText();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Draw the selection in normal style or with selection highlighted.
|
|
*/
|
|
void HideSelection(bool hide);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the point in the window where a position is displayed.
|
|
*/
|
|
wxPoint PointFromPosition(int pos);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the line containing a position.
|
|
*/
|
|
int LineFromPosition(int pos) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the position at the start of a line.
|
|
*/
|
|
int PositionFromLine(int line) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the number of characters in the document.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetTextLength() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Measure the pixel width of some text in a particular style.
|
|
Does not handle tab or control characters.
|
|
*/
|
|
int TextWidth(int style, const wxString& text);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the height of a particular line of text in pixels.
|
|
*/
|
|
int TextHeight(int line);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move the caret inside current view if it's not there already.
|
|
*/
|
|
void MoveCaretInsideView();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
How many characters are on a line, including end of line characters?
|
|
*/
|
|
int LineLength(int line) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieves the number of lines completely visible.
|
|
*/
|
|
int LinesOnScreen() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Is the selection rectangular? The alternative is the more common stream selection.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool SelectionIsRectangle() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the last x chosen value to be the caret x position.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ChooseCaretX();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Given a valid document position, return the previous position taking code
|
|
page into account. Returns 0 if passed 0.
|
|
*/
|
|
int PositionBefore(int pos);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Given a valid document position, return the next position taking code
|
|
page into account. Maximum value returned is the last position in the document.
|
|
*/
|
|
int PositionAfter(int pos);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Given a valid document position, return a position that differs in a number
|
|
of characters. Returned value is always between 0 and last position in document.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
int PositionRelative(int pos, int relative);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the selection mode to stream (wxSTC_SEL_STREAM) or rectangular (wxSTC_SEL_RECTANGLE/wxSTC_SEL_THIN) or
|
|
by lines (wxSTC_SEL_LINES).
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetSelectionMode(int selectionMode);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the mode of the current selection.
|
|
|
|
The return value will be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_SEL_STREAM wxSTC_SEL_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetSelectionMode() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the position of the start of the selection at the given line (wxSTC_INVALID_POSITION if no selection on this line).
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetLineSelStartPosition(int line);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the position of the end of the selection at the given line (wxSTC_INVALID_POSITION if no selection on this line).
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetLineSelEndPosition(int line);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Find the position of a column on a line taking into account tabs and
|
|
multi-byte characters. If beyond end of line, return line end position.
|
|
*/
|
|
int FindColumn(int line, int column);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Find the position of a character from a point within the window.
|
|
*/
|
|
int CharPositionFromPoint(int x, int y);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Find the position of a character from a point within the window.
|
|
Return wxSTC_INVALID_POSITION if not close to text.
|
|
*/
|
|
int CharPositionFromPointClose(int x, int y);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set whether switching to rectangular mode while selecting with the mouse is allowed.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetMouseSelectionRectangularSwitch(bool mouseSelectionRectangularSwitch);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Whether switching to rectangular mode while selecting with the mouse is allowed.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
bool GetMouseSelectionRectangularSwitch() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move the selected lines up one line, shifting the line above after the selection
|
|
*/
|
|
void MoveSelectedLinesUp();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move the selected lines down one line, shifting the line below before the selection
|
|
*/
|
|
void MoveSelectedLinesDown();
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{MultipleSelectionAndVirtualSpace, Multiple Selection and Virtual Space}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Change the effect of pasting when there are multiple selections.
|
|
|
|
The input should be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_MULTIPASTE_ONCE wxSTC_MULTIPASTE_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetMultiPaste(int multiPaste);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the effect of pasting when there are multiple selections.
|
|
|
|
The return value will be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_MULTIPASTE_ONCE wxSTC_MULTIPASTE_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetMultiPaste() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set whether multiple selections can be made
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetMultipleSelection(bool multipleSelection);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Whether multiple selections can be made
|
|
*/
|
|
bool GetMultipleSelection() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set whether typing can be performed into multiple selections
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetAdditionalSelectionTyping(bool additionalSelectionTyping);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Whether typing can be performed into multiple selections
|
|
*/
|
|
bool GetAdditionalSelectionTyping() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set whether additional carets will blink
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetAdditionalCaretsBlink(bool additionalCaretsBlink);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Whether additional carets will blink
|
|
*/
|
|
bool GetAdditionalCaretsBlink() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set whether additional carets are visible
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetAdditionalCaretsVisible(bool additionalCaretsVisible);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Whether additional carets are visible
|
|
*/
|
|
bool GetAdditionalCaretsVisible() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
How many selections are there?
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetSelections() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Is every selected range empty?
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
bool GetSelectionEmpty() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Clear selections to a single empty stream selection
|
|
*/
|
|
void ClearSelections();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Add a selection
|
|
*/
|
|
int AddSelection(int caret, int anchor);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Drop one selection
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
void DropSelectionN(int selection);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the main selection
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetMainSelection(int selection);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Which selection is the main selection
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetMainSelection() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the caret position of the nth selection.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetSelectionNCaret(int selection, int caret);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Return the caret position of the nth selection.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetSelectionNCaret(int selection) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the anchor position of the nth selection.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetSelectionNAnchor(int selection, int anchor);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Return the anchor position of the nth selection.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetSelectionNAnchor(int selection) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the virtual space of the caret of the nth selection.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetSelectionNCaretVirtualSpace(int selection, int space);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Return the virtual space of the caret of the nth selection.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetSelectionNCaretVirtualSpace(int selection) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the virtual space of the anchor of the nth selection.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetSelectionNAnchorVirtualSpace(int selection, int space);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Return the virtual space of the anchor of the nth selection.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetSelectionNAnchorVirtualSpace(int selection) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets the position that starts the selection - this becomes the anchor.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetSelectionNStart(int selection, int anchor);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns the position at the start of the selection.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetSelectionNStart(int selection) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets the position that ends the selection - this becomes the currentPosition.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetSelectionNEnd(int selection, int caret);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns the position at the end of the selection.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetSelectionNEnd(int selection) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the caret position of the rectangular selection.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetRectangularSelectionCaret(int caret);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Return the caret position of the rectangular selection.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetRectangularSelectionCaret() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the anchor position of the rectangular selection.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetRectangularSelectionAnchor(int anchor);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Return the anchor position of the rectangular selection.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetRectangularSelectionAnchor() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the virtual space of the caret of the rectangular selection.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetRectangularSelectionCaretVirtualSpace(int space);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Return the virtual space of the caret of the rectangular selection.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetRectangularSelectionCaretVirtualSpace() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the virtual space of the anchor of the rectangular selection.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetRectangularSelectionAnchorVirtualSpace(int space);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Return the virtual space of the anchor of the rectangular selection.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetRectangularSelectionAnchorVirtualSpace() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set options for virtual space behaviour.
|
|
|
|
The input should be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_VS_NONE wxSTC_VS_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetVirtualSpaceOptions(int virtualSpaceOptions);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Return options for virtual space behaviour.
|
|
|
|
The return value will be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_VS_NONE wxSTC_VS_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetVirtualSpaceOptions() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
On GTK+, allow selecting the modifier key to use for mouse-based
|
|
rectangular selection. Often the window manager requires Alt+Mouse Drag
|
|
for moving windows.
|
|
Valid values are wxSTC_KEYMOD_CTRL (default), wxSTC_KEYMOD_ALT, or wxSTC_KEYMOD_SUPER.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetRectangularSelectionModifier(int modifier);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the modifier key used for rectangular selection.
|
|
|
|
The return value will be a bit list containing one or more of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_KEYMOD_NORM wxSTC_KEYMOD_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetRectangularSelectionModifier() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the foreground colour of additional selections.
|
|
Must have previously called SetSelFore with non-zero first argument for this to have an effect.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetAdditionalSelForeground(const wxColour& fore);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the background colour of additional selections.
|
|
Must have previously called SetSelBack with non-zero first argument for this to have an effect.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetAdditionalSelBackground(const wxColour& back);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the alpha of the selection.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetAdditionalSelAlpha(int alpha);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the alpha of the selection.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetAdditionalSelAlpha() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the foreground colour of additional carets.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetAdditionalCaretForeground(const wxColour& fore);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the foreground colour of additional carets.
|
|
*/
|
|
wxColour GetAdditionalCaretForeground() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the main selection to the next selection.
|
|
*/
|
|
void RotateSelection();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Swap that caret and anchor of the main selection.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SwapMainAnchorCaret();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Add the next occurrence of the main selection to the set of selections as main.
|
|
If the current selection is empty then select word around caret.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.1
|
|
*/
|
|
void MultipleSelectAddNext();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Add each occurrence of the main selection in the target to the set of selections.
|
|
If the current selection is empty then select word around caret.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.1
|
|
*/
|
|
void MultipleSelectAddEach();
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{ScrollingAndAutomaticScrolling, Scrolling and automatic scrolling}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Show or hide the horizontal scroll bar.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetUseHorizontalScrollBar(bool visible);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Is the horizontal scroll bar visible?
|
|
*/
|
|
bool GetUseHorizontalScrollBar() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the display line at the top of the display.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetFirstVisibleLine() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Scroll horizontally and vertically.
|
|
*/
|
|
void LineScroll(int columns, int lines);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Ensure the caret is visible.
|
|
*/
|
|
void EnsureCaretVisible();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Scroll the argument positions and the range between them into view giving
|
|
priority to the primary position then the secondary position.
|
|
This may be used to make a search match visible.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
void ScrollRange(int secondary, int primary);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets the document width assumed for scrolling.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetScrollWidth(int pixelWidth);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the document width assumed for scrolling.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetScrollWidth() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets whether the maximum width line displayed is used to set scroll width.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetScrollWidthTracking(bool tracking);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve whether the scroll width tracks wide lines.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool GetScrollWidthTracking() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets the scroll range so that maximum scroll position has
|
|
the last line at the bottom of the view (default).
|
|
Setting this to false allows scrolling one page below the last line.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetEndAtLastLine(bool endAtLastLine);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve whether the maximum scroll position has the last
|
|
line at the bottom of the view.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool GetEndAtLastLine() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Show or hide the vertical scroll bar.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetUseVerticalScrollBar(bool visible);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Is the vertical scroll bar visible?
|
|
*/
|
|
bool GetUseVerticalScrollBar() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Scroll so that a display line is at the top of the display.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetFirstVisibleLine(int displayLine);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the way the display area is determined when a particular line
|
|
is to be moved to by Find, FindNext, GotoLine, etc.
|
|
|
|
The first argument should be a bit list containing one or more of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_VISIBLE_SLOP wxSTC_VISIBLE_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetVisiblePolicy(int visiblePolicy, int visibleSlop);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the xOffset (ie, horizontal scroll position).
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetXOffset(int xOffset);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the xOffset (ie, horizontal scroll position).
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetXOffset() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the way the caret is kept visible when going sideways.
|
|
The exclusion zone is given in pixels.
|
|
|
|
The first argument should be a bit list containing one or more of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_CARET_SLOP wxSTC_CARET_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetXCaretPolicy(int caretPolicy, int caretSlop);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the way the line the caret is on is kept visible.
|
|
The exclusion zone is given in lines.
|
|
|
|
The first argument should be a bit list containing one or more of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_CARET_SLOP wxSTC_CARET_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetYCaretPolicy(int caretPolicy, int caretSlop);
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{WhiteSpace, White space}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Are white space characters currently visible?
|
|
Returns one of wxSTC_WS_* constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetViewWhiteSpace() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Make white space characters invisible, always visible or visible outside indentation.
|
|
|
|
The input should be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_WS_INVISIBLE wxSTC_WS_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetViewWhiteSpace(int viewWS);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the current tab draw mode.
|
|
Returns one of wxSTC_TD_* constants.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.1
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetTabDrawMode() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set how tabs are drawn when visible.
|
|
|
|
The input should be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_TD_LONGARROW wxSTC_TD_* @endlink constants.
|
|
@since 3.1.1
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetTabDrawMode(int tabDrawMode);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the foreground colour of all whitespace and whether to use this setting.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetWhitespaceForeground(bool useSetting, const wxColour& fore);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the background colour of all whitespace and whether to use this setting.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetWhitespaceBackground(bool useSetting, const wxColour& back);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the size of the dots used to mark space characters.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetWhitespaceSize(int size);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the size of the dots used to mark space characters.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetWhitespaceSize() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set extra ascent for each line
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetExtraAscent(int extraAscent);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get extra ascent for each line
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetExtraAscent() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set extra descent for each line
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetExtraDescent(int extraDescent);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get extra descent for each line
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetExtraDescent() const;
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{Cursor, Cursor}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets the cursor to one of the wxSTC_CURSOR* values.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetSTCCursor(int cursorType);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get cursor type.
|
|
|
|
The return value will be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_CURSORNORMAL wxSTC_CURSOR* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetSTCCursor() const;
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{MouseCapture, Mouse capture}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set whether the mouse is captured when its button is pressed.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetMouseDownCaptures(bool captures);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get whether mouse gets captured.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool GetMouseDownCaptures() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set whether the mouse wheel can be active outside the window.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.1
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetMouseWheelCaptures(bool captures);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get whether mouse wheel can be active outside the window.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.1
|
|
*/
|
|
bool GetMouseWheelCaptures() const;
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{LineEndings, Line endings}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Convert all line endings in the document to one mode.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ConvertEOLs(int eolMode);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the current end of line mode - one of wxSTC_EOL_CRLF, wxSTC_EOL_CR, or wxSTC_EOL_LF.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetEOLMode() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the current end of line mode.
|
|
|
|
The input should be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_EOL_CRLF wxSTC_EOL_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetEOLMode(int eolMode);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Are the end of line characters visible?
|
|
*/
|
|
bool GetViewEOL() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Make the end of line characters visible or invisible.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetViewEOL(bool visible);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the line end types that the application wants to use. May not be used if incompatible with lexer or encoding.
|
|
|
|
The input should be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_LINE_END_TYPE_DEFAULT wxSTC_LINE_END_TYPE_* @endlink constants.
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetLineEndTypesAllowed(int lineEndBitSet);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the line end types currently allowed.
|
|
|
|
The return value will be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_LINE_END_TYPE_DEFAULT wxSTC_LINE_END_TYPE_* @endlink constants.
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetLineEndTypesAllowed() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the line end types currently recognised. May be a subset of the allowed types due to lexer limitation.
|
|
|
|
The return value will be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_LINE_END_TYPE_DEFAULT wxSTC_LINE_END_TYPE_* @endlink constants.
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetLineEndTypesActive() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Bit set of LineEndType enumertion for which line ends beyond the standard
|
|
LF, CR, and CRLF are supported by the lexer.
|
|
|
|
The return value will be a bit list containing one or more of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_LINE_END_TYPE_DEFAULT wxSTC_LINE_END_TYPE_* @endlink constants.
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetLineEndTypesSupported() const;
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{Words, Words}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the set of characters making up words for when moving or selecting by word.
|
|
First sets defaults like SetCharsDefault.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetWordChars(const wxString& characters);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the set of characters making up words for when moving or selecting by word.
|
|
*/
|
|
wxString GetWordChars() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get position of start of word.
|
|
*/
|
|
int WordStartPosition(int pos, bool onlyWordCharacters);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get position of end of word.
|
|
*/
|
|
int WordEndPosition(int pos, bool onlyWordCharacters);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Is the range start..end considered a word?
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.1
|
|
*/
|
|
bool IsRangeWord(int start, int end);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the set of characters making up whitespace for when moving or selecting by word.
|
|
Should be called after SetWordChars.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetWhitespaceChars(const wxString& characters);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the set of characters making up whitespace for when moving or selecting by word.
|
|
*/
|
|
wxString GetWhitespaceChars() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the set of characters making up punctuation characters
|
|
Should be called after SetWordChars.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetPunctuationChars(const wxString& characters);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the set of characters making up punctuation characters
|
|
*/
|
|
wxString GetPunctuationChars() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Reset the set of characters for whitespace and word characters to the defaults.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetCharsDefault();
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{Styling, Styling}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the position of the last correctly styled character.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetEndStyled() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the current styling position to start.
|
|
*/
|
|
void StartStyling(int start);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Change style from current styling position for length characters to a style
|
|
and move the current styling position to after this newly styled segment.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetStyling(int length, int style);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the styles for a segment of the document.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetStyleBytes(int length, char* styleBytes);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Used to hold extra styling information for each line.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetLineState(int line, int state);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the extra styling information for a line.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetLineState(int line) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the last line number that has line state.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetMaxLineState() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets limits to idle styling.
|
|
|
|
The input should be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_IDLESTYLING_NONE wxSTC_IDLESTYLING_* @endlink constants.
|
|
@since 3.1.1
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetIdleStyling(int idleStyling);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the limits to idle styling.
|
|
|
|
The return value will be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_IDLESTYLING_NONE wxSTC_IDLESTYLING_* @endlink constants.
|
|
@since 3.1.1
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetIdleStyling() const;
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{StyleDefinition, Style definition}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Clear all the styles and make equivalent to the global default style.
|
|
*/
|
|
void StyleClearAll();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the foreground colour of a style.
|
|
*/
|
|
void StyleSetForeground(int style, const wxColour& fore);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the background colour of a style.
|
|
*/
|
|
void StyleSetBackground(int style, const wxColour& back);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set a style to be bold or not.
|
|
*/
|
|
void StyleSetBold(int style, bool bold);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set a style to be italic or not.
|
|
*/
|
|
void StyleSetItalic(int style, bool italic);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the size of characters of a style.
|
|
*/
|
|
void StyleSetSize(int style, int sizePoints);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the font of a style.
|
|
*/
|
|
void StyleSetFaceName(int style, const wxString& fontName);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set a style to have its end of line filled or not.
|
|
*/
|
|
void StyleSetEOLFilled(int style, bool eolFilled);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Reset the default style to its state at startup
|
|
*/
|
|
void StyleResetDefault();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set a style to be underlined or not.
|
|
*/
|
|
void StyleSetUnderline(int style, bool underline);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the foreground colour of a style.
|
|
*/
|
|
wxColour StyleGetForeground(int style) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the background colour of a style.
|
|
*/
|
|
wxColour StyleGetBackground(int style) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get is a style bold or not.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool StyleGetBold(int style) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get is a style italic or not.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool StyleGetItalic(int style) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the size of characters of a style.
|
|
*/
|
|
int StyleGetSize(int style) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the font facename of a style
|
|
*/
|
|
wxString StyleGetFaceName(int style);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get is a style to have its end of line filled or not.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool StyleGetEOLFilled(int style) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get is a style underlined or not.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool StyleGetUnderline(int style) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get is a style mixed case, or to force upper or lower case.
|
|
|
|
The return value will be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_CASE_MIXED wxSTC_CASE_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
int StyleGetCase(int style) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the character get of the font in a style.
|
|
*/
|
|
int StyleGetCharacterSet(int style) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get is a style visible or not.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool StyleGetVisible(int style) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get is a style changeable or not (read only).
|
|
Experimental feature, currently buggy.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool StyleGetChangeable(int style) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get is a style a hotspot or not.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool StyleGetHotSpot(int style) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set a style to be mixed case, or to force upper or lower case.
|
|
|
|
The second argument should be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_CASE_MIXED wxSTC_CASE_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
void StyleSetCase(int style, int caseVisible);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the size of characters of a style. Size is in points multiplied by 100.
|
|
*/
|
|
void StyleSetSizeFractional(int style, int sizeHundredthPoints);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the size of characters of a style in points multiplied by 100
|
|
*/
|
|
int StyleGetSizeFractional(int style) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the weight of characters of a style.
|
|
|
|
The second argument can be an integer or one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_WEIGHT_NORMAL wxSTC_WEIGHT_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
void StyleSetWeight(int style, int weight);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the weight of characters of a style.
|
|
|
|
The return value will be an integer that is possibly one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_WEIGHT_NORMAL wxSTC_WEIGHT_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
int StyleGetWeight(int style) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the character set of the font in a style.
|
|
|
|
Converts the Scintilla character set values to a wxFontEncoding.
|
|
*/
|
|
void StyleSetCharacterSet(int style, int characterSet);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set a style to be a hotspot or not.
|
|
*/
|
|
void StyleSetHotSpot(int style, bool hotspot);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set a style to be visible or not.
|
|
*/
|
|
void StyleSetVisible(int style, bool visible);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set a style to be changeable or not (read only).
|
|
Experimental feature, currently buggy.
|
|
*/
|
|
void StyleSetChangeable(int style, bool changeable);
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{CaretAndSelectionStyles, Caret selection and hotspot styles}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the foreground colour of the main and additional selections and whether to use this setting.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetSelForeground(bool useSetting, const wxColour& fore);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the background colour of the main and additional selections and whether to use this setting.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetSelBackground(bool useSetting, const wxColour& back);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the alpha of the selection.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetSelAlpha() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the alpha of the selection.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetSelAlpha(int alpha);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Is the selection end of line filled?
|
|
*/
|
|
bool GetSelEOLFilled() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the selection to have its end of line filled or not.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetSelEOLFilled(bool filled);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the foreground colour of the caret.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetCaretForeground(const wxColour& fore);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the time in milliseconds that the caret is on and off.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetCaretPeriod() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the time in milliseconds that the caret is on and off. 0 = steady on.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetCaretPeriod(int periodMilliseconds);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Is the background of the line containing the caret in a different colour?
|
|
*/
|
|
bool GetCaretLineVisible() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Display the background of the line containing the caret in a different colour.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetCaretLineVisible(bool show);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the colour of the background of the line containing the caret.
|
|
*/
|
|
wxColour GetCaretLineBackground() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the colour of the background of the line containing the caret.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetCaretLineBackground(const wxColour& back);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the foreground colour of the caret.
|
|
*/
|
|
wxColour GetCaretForeground() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the width of the insert mode caret.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetCaretWidth(int pixelWidth);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns the width of the insert mode caret.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetCaretWidth() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set a fore colour for active hotspots.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetHotspotActiveForeground(bool useSetting, const wxColour& fore);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the fore colour for active hotspots.
|
|
*/
|
|
wxColour GetHotspotActiveForeground() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set a back colour for active hotspots.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetHotspotActiveBackground(bool useSetting, const wxColour& back);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the back colour for active hotspots.
|
|
*/
|
|
wxColour GetHotspotActiveBackground() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Enable / Disable underlining active hotspots.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetHotspotActiveUnderline(bool underline);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get whether underlining for active hotspots.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool GetHotspotActiveUnderline() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Limit hotspots to single line so hotspots on two lines don't merge.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetHotspotSingleLine(bool singleLine);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the HotspotSingleLine property
|
|
*/
|
|
bool GetHotspotSingleLine() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Can the caret preferred x position only be changed by explicit movement commands?
|
|
|
|
The return value will be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_CARETSTICKY_OFF wxSTC_CARETSTICKY_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetCaretSticky() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Stop the caret preferred x position changing when the user types.
|
|
|
|
The input should be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_CARETSTICKY_OFF wxSTC_CARETSTICKY_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetCaretSticky(int useCaretStickyBehaviour);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Switch between sticky and non-sticky: meant to be bound to a key.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ToggleCaretSticky();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set background alpha of the caret line.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetCaretLineBackAlpha(int alpha);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the background alpha of the caret line.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetCaretLineBackAlpha() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the style of the caret to be drawn.
|
|
|
|
The input should be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_CARETSTYLE_INVISIBLE wxSTC_CARETSTYLE_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetCaretStyle(int caretStyle);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns the current style of the caret.
|
|
|
|
The return value will be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_CARETSTYLE_INVISIBLE wxSTC_CARETSTYLE_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetCaretStyle() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Is the caret line always visible?
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
bool GetCaretLineVisibleAlways() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets the caret line to always visible.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetCaretLineVisibleAlways(bool alwaysVisible);
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{CharacterRepresentations, Character representations}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Change the way control characters are displayed:
|
|
If symbol is < 32, keep the drawn way, else, use the given character.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetControlCharSymbol(int symbol);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the way control characters are displayed.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetControlCharSymbol() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the way a character is drawn.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetRepresentation(const wxString& encodedCharacter, const wxString& representation);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the way a character is drawn.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
wxString GetRepresentation(const wxString& encodedCharacter) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Remove a character representation.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
void ClearRepresentation(const wxString& encodedCharacter);
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{Margins, Margins}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set a margin to be either numeric or symbolic.
|
|
|
|
The second argument should be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_MARGIN_SYMBOL wxSTC_MARGIN_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetMarginType(int margin, int marginType);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the type of a margin.
|
|
|
|
The return value will be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_MARGIN_SYMBOL wxSTC_MARGIN_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetMarginType(int margin) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the width of a margin to a width expressed in pixels.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetMarginWidth(int margin, int pixelWidth);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the width of a margin in pixels.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetMarginWidth(int margin) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set a mask that determines which markers are displayed in a margin.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetMarginMask(int margin, int mask);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the marker mask of a margin.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetMarginMask(int margin) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Make a margin sensitive or insensitive to mouse clicks.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetMarginSensitive(int margin, bool sensitive);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the mouse click sensitivity of a margin.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool GetMarginSensitive(int margin) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the cursor shown when the mouse is inside a margin.
|
|
|
|
The second argument should be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_CURSORNORMAL wxSTC_CURSOR* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetMarginCursor(int margin, int cursor);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the cursor shown in a margin.
|
|
|
|
The return value will be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_CURSORNORMAL wxSTC_CURSOR* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetMarginCursor(int margin) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the background colour of a margin. Only visible for wxSTC_MARGIN_COLOUR.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.1
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetMarginBackground(int margin, const wxColour& back);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the background colour of a margin
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.1
|
|
*/
|
|
wxColour GetMarginBackground(int margin) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Allocate a non-standard number of margins.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.1
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetMarginCount(int margins);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
How many margins are there?.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.1
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetMarginCount() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets the size in pixels of the left margin.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetMarginLeft(int pixelWidth);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns the size in pixels of the left margin.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetMarginLeft() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets the size in pixels of the right margin.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetMarginRight(int pixelWidth);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns the size in pixels of the right margin.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetMarginRight() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set one of the colours used as a chequerboard pattern in the fold margin
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetFoldMarginColour(bool useSetting, const wxColour& back);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the other colour used as a chequerboard pattern in the fold margin
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetFoldMarginHiColour(bool useSetting, const wxColour& fore);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the text in the text margin for a line
|
|
*/
|
|
void MarginSetText(int line, const wxString& text);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the text in the text margin for a line
|
|
*/
|
|
wxString MarginGetText(int line) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the style number for the text margin for a line
|
|
*/
|
|
void MarginSetStyle(int line, int style);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the style number for the text margin for a line
|
|
*/
|
|
int MarginGetStyle(int line) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the style in the text margin for a line
|
|
*/
|
|
void MarginSetStyles(int line, const wxString& styles);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the styles in the text margin for a line
|
|
*/
|
|
wxString MarginGetStyles(int line) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Clear the margin text on all lines
|
|
*/
|
|
void MarginTextClearAll();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the start of the range of style numbers used for margin text
|
|
*/
|
|
void MarginSetStyleOffset(int style);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the start of the range of style numbers used for margin text
|
|
*/
|
|
int MarginGetStyleOffset() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the margin options.
|
|
|
|
The input should be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_MARGINOPTION_NONE wxSTC_MARGINOPTION_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetMarginOptions(int marginOptions);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the margin options.
|
|
|
|
The return value will be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_MARGINOPTION_NONE wxSTC_MARGINOPTION_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetMarginOptions() const;
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{Annotations, Annotations}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the annotation text for a line
|
|
*/
|
|
void AnnotationSetText(int line, const wxString& text);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the annotation text for a line
|
|
*/
|
|
wxString AnnotationGetText(int line) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the style number for the annotations for a line
|
|
*/
|
|
void AnnotationSetStyle(int line, int style);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the style number for the annotations for a line
|
|
*/
|
|
int AnnotationGetStyle(int line) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the annotation styles for a line
|
|
*/
|
|
void AnnotationSetStyles(int line, const wxString& styles);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the annotation styles for a line
|
|
*/
|
|
wxString AnnotationGetStyles(int line) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the number of annotation lines for a line
|
|
*/
|
|
int AnnotationGetLines(int line) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Clear the annotations from all lines
|
|
*/
|
|
void AnnotationClearAll();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the visibility for the annotations for a view
|
|
|
|
The input should be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_ANNOTATION_HIDDEN wxSTC_ANNOTATION_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
void AnnotationSetVisible(int visible);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the visibility for the annotations for a view
|
|
|
|
The return value will be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_ANNOTATION_HIDDEN wxSTC_ANNOTATION_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
int AnnotationGetVisible() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the start of the range of style numbers used for annotations
|
|
*/
|
|
void AnnotationSetStyleOffset(int style);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the start of the range of style numbers used for annotations
|
|
*/
|
|
int AnnotationGetStyleOffset() const;
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{OtherSettings, Other settings}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Is drawing done first into a buffer or direct to the screen?
|
|
*/
|
|
bool GetBufferedDraw() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
If drawing is buffered then each line of text is drawn into a bitmap buffer
|
|
before drawing it to the screen to avoid flicker.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetBufferedDraw(bool buffered);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the code page used to interpret the bytes of the document as characters.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetCodePage(int codePage);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Is the IME displayed in a window or inline?
|
|
|
|
The return value will be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_IME_WINDOWED wxSTC_IME_* @endlink constants.
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetIMEInteraction() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Choose to display the the IME in a winow or inline.
|
|
|
|
The input should be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_IME_WINDOWED wxSTC_IME_* @endlink constants.
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetIMEInteraction(int imeInteraction);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the code page used to interpret the bytes of the document as characters.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetCodePage() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets the degree of caching of layout information.
|
|
|
|
The input should be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_CACHE_NONE wxSTC_CACHE_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetLayoutCache(int cacheMode);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Is drawing done in two phases with backgrounds drawn before foregrounds?
|
|
*/
|
|
bool GetTwoPhaseDraw() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
In twoPhaseDraw mode, drawing is performed in two phases, first the background
|
|
and then the foreground. This avoids chopping off characters that overlap the next run.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetTwoPhaseDraw(bool twoPhase);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
How many phases is drawing done in?
|
|
|
|
The return value will be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_PHASES_ONE wxSTC_PHASES_* @endlink constants.
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetPhasesDraw() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
In one phase draw, text is drawn in a series of rectangular blocks with no overlap.
|
|
In two phase draw, text is drawn in a series of lines allowing runs to overlap horizontally.
|
|
In multiple phase draw, each element is drawn over the whole drawing area, allowing text
|
|
to overlap from one line to the next.
|
|
|
|
The input should be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_PHASES_ONE wxSTC_PHASES_* @endlink constants.
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetPhasesDraw(int phases);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Choose the quality level for text.
|
|
|
|
The input should be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_EFF_QUALITY_DEFAULT wxSTC_EFF_QUALITY_* @endlink constants.
|
|
@remarks
|
|
This method only has any effect with the wxMSW port and when
|
|
technology has been set to wxSTC_TECHNOLOGY_DIRECTWRITE.
|
|
@since 3.1.1
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetFontQuality(int fontQuality);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the quality level for text.
|
|
|
|
The return value will be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_EFF_QUALITY_DEFAULT wxSTC_EFF_QUALITY_* @endlink constants.
|
|
@since 3.1.1
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetFontQuality() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Change internal focus flag.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetSTCFocus(bool focus);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get internal focus flag.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool GetSTCFocus() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the technology used.
|
|
|
|
@remarks
|
|
For the wxMSW port, the input can be either wxSTC_TECHNOLOGY_DEFAULT
|
|
or wxSTC_TECHNOLOGY_DIRECTWRITE. With other ports, this method has
|
|
no effect.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetTechnology(int technology);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the tech.
|
|
|
|
The return value will be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_TECHNOLOGY_DEFAULT wxSTC_TECHNOLOGY_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetTechnology() const;
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{BraceHighlighting, Brace highlighting}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Highlight the characters at two positions.
|
|
*/
|
|
void BraceHighlight(int posA, int posB);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Use specified indicator to highlight matching braces instead of changing their style.
|
|
*/
|
|
void BraceHighlightIndicator(bool useSetting, int indicator);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Highlight the character at a position indicating there is no matching brace.
|
|
*/
|
|
void BraceBadLight(int pos);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Use specified indicator to highlight non matching brace instead of changing its style.
|
|
*/
|
|
void BraceBadLightIndicator(bool useSetting, int indicator);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Find the position of a matching brace or wxSTC_INVALID_POSITION if no match.
|
|
The maxReStyle must be 0 for now. It may be defined in a future release.
|
|
*/
|
|
int BraceMatch(int pos, int maxReStyle=0);
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{TabsAndIndentationGuides, Tabs and Indentation Guides}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Change the visible size of a tab to be a multiple of the width of a space character.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetTabWidth(int tabWidth);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the visible size of a tab.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetTabWidth() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Clear explicit tabstops on a line.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
void ClearTabStops(int line);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Add an explicit tab stop for a line.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
void AddTabStop(int line, int x);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Find the next explicit tab stop position on a line after a position.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetNextTabStop(int line, int x);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the number of spaces used for one level of indentation.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetIndent(int indentSize);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve indentation size.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetIndent() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Indentation will only use space characters if useTabs is false, otherwise
|
|
it will use a combination of tabs and spaces.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetUseTabs(bool useTabs);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve whether tabs will be used in indentation.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool GetUseTabs() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Change the indentation of a line to a number of columns.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetLineIndentation(int line, int indentation);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the number of columns that a line is indented.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetLineIndentation(int line) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the position before the first non indentation character on a line.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetLineIndentPosition(int line) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Show or hide indentation guides.
|
|
|
|
The input should be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_IV_NONE wxSTC_IV_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetIndentationGuides(int indentView);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Are the indentation guides visible?
|
|
|
|
The return value will be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_IV_NONE wxSTC_IV_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetIndentationGuides() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the highlighted indentation guide column.
|
|
0 = no highlighted guide.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetHighlightGuide(int column);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the highlighted indentation guide column.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetHighlightGuide() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets whether a tab pressed when caret is within indentation indents.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetTabIndents(bool tabIndents);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Does a tab pressed when caret is within indentation indent?
|
|
*/
|
|
bool GetTabIndents() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets whether a backspace pressed when caret is within indentation unindents.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetBackSpaceUnIndents(bool bsUnIndents);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Does a backspace pressed when caret is within indentation unindent?
|
|
*/
|
|
bool GetBackSpaceUnIndents() const;
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{Markers, Markers}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the line number at which a particular marker is located.
|
|
*/
|
|
int MarkerLineFromHandle(int markerHandle);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Delete a marker.
|
|
*/
|
|
void MarkerDeleteHandle(int markerHandle);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the symbol used for a particular marker number,
|
|
and optionally the fore and background colours.
|
|
|
|
The second argument should be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_MARK_CIRCLE wxSTC_MARK_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
void MarkerDefine(int markerNumber, int markerSymbol,
|
|
const wxColour& foreground = wxNullColour,
|
|
const wxColour& background = wxNullColour);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the foreground colour used for a particular marker number.
|
|
*/
|
|
void MarkerSetForeground(int markerNumber, const wxColour& fore);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the background colour used for a particular marker number.
|
|
*/
|
|
void MarkerSetBackground(int markerNumber, const wxColour& back);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the background colour used for a particular marker number when its folding block is selected.
|
|
*/
|
|
void MarkerSetBackgroundSelected(int markerNumber, const wxColour& back);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Enable/disable highlight for current folding bloc (smallest one that contains the caret)
|
|
*/
|
|
void MarkerEnableHighlight(bool enabled);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Add a marker to a line, returning an ID which can be used to find or delete the marker.
|
|
*/
|
|
int MarkerAdd(int line, int markerNumber);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Delete a marker from a line.
|
|
*/
|
|
void MarkerDelete(int line, int markerNumber);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Delete all markers with a particular number from all lines.
|
|
*/
|
|
void MarkerDeleteAll(int markerNumber);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get a bit mask of all the markers set on a line.
|
|
*/
|
|
int MarkerGet(int line);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Find the next line at or after lineStart that includes a marker in mask.
|
|
Return -1 when no more lines.
|
|
*/
|
|
int MarkerNext(int lineStart, int markerMask);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Find the previous line before lineStart that includes a marker in mask.
|
|
*/
|
|
int MarkerPrevious(int lineStart, int markerMask);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Define a marker from a bitmap
|
|
*/
|
|
void MarkerDefineBitmap(int markerNumber, const wxBitmap& bmp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Add a set of markers to a line.
|
|
*/
|
|
void MarkerAddSet(int line, int markerSet);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the alpha used for a marker that is drawn in the text area, not the margin.
|
|
*/
|
|
void MarkerSetAlpha(int markerNumber, int alpha);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Which symbol was defined for markerNumber with MarkerDefine
|
|
|
|
The return value will be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_MARK_CIRCLE wxSTC_MARK_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetMarkerSymbolDefined(int markerNumber);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the width for future RGBA image data.
|
|
*/
|
|
void RGBAImageSetWidth(int width);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the height for future RGBA image data.
|
|
*/
|
|
void RGBAImageSetHeight(int height);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the scale factor in percent for future RGBA image data.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
void RGBAImageSetScale(int scalePercent);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Define a marker from RGBA data.
|
|
It has the width and height from RGBAImageSetWidth/Height
|
|
*/
|
|
void MarkerDefineRGBAImage(int markerNumber, const unsigned char* pixels);
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{Indicators, Indicators}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set an indicator to plain, squiggle or TT.
|
|
|
|
The second argument should be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_INDIC_PLAIN wxSTC_INDIC_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
void IndicatorSetStyle(int indicator, int indicatorStyle);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the style of an indicator.
|
|
|
|
The return value will be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_INDIC_PLAIN wxSTC_INDIC_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
int IndicatorGetStyle(int indicator) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the foreground colour of an indicator.
|
|
*/
|
|
void IndicatorSetForeground(int indicator, const wxColour& fore);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the foreground colour of an indicator.
|
|
*/
|
|
wxColour IndicatorGetForeground(int indicator) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set an indicator to draw under text or over(default).
|
|
*/
|
|
void IndicatorSetUnder(int indicator, bool under);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve whether indicator drawn under or over text.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool IndicatorGetUnder(int indicator) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set a hover indicator to plain, squiggle or TT.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
void IndicatorSetHoverStyle(int indicator, int indicatorStyle);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the hover style of an indicator.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
int IndicatorGetHoverStyle(int indicator) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the foreground hover colour of an indicator.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
void IndicatorSetHoverForeground(int indicator, const wxColour& fore);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the foreground hover colour of an indicator.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
wxColour IndicatorGetHoverForeground(int indicator) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the attributes of an indicator.
|
|
|
|
The second argument should be a bit list containing one or more of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_INDICFLAG_VALUEFORE wxSTC_INDICFLAG_* @endlink constants.
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
void IndicatorSetFlags(int indicator, int flags);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the attributes of an indicator.
|
|
|
|
The return value will be a bit list containing one or more of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_INDICFLAG_VALUEFORE wxSTC_INDICFLAG_* @endlink constants.
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
int IndicatorGetFlags(int indicator) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the indicator used for IndicatorFillRange and IndicatorClearRange
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetIndicatorCurrent(int indicator);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the current indicator
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetIndicatorCurrent() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the value used for IndicatorFillRange
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetIndicatorValue(int value);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the current indicator value
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetIndicatorValue() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Turn a indicator on over a range.
|
|
*/
|
|
void IndicatorFillRange(int start, int lengthFill);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Turn a indicator off over a range.
|
|
*/
|
|
void IndicatorClearRange(int start, int lengthClear);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Are any indicators present at pos?
|
|
*/
|
|
int IndicatorAllOnFor(int pos);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
What value does a particular indicator have at a position?
|
|
*/
|
|
int IndicatorValueAt(int indicator, int pos);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Where does a particular indicator start?
|
|
*/
|
|
int IndicatorStart(int indicator, int pos);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Where does a particular indicator end?
|
|
*/
|
|
int IndicatorEnd(int indicator, int pos);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the alpha fill colour of the given indicator.
|
|
*/
|
|
void IndicatorSetAlpha(int indicator, int alpha);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the alpha fill colour of the given indicator.
|
|
*/
|
|
int IndicatorGetAlpha(int indicator) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the alpha outline colour of the given indicator.
|
|
*/
|
|
void IndicatorSetOutlineAlpha(int indicator, int alpha);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the alpha outline colour of the given indicator.
|
|
*/
|
|
int IndicatorGetOutlineAlpha(int indicator) const;
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{Autocompletion, Autocompletion}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Display a auto-completion list.
|
|
The lengthEntered parameter indicates how many characters before
|
|
the caret should be used to provide context.
|
|
*/
|
|
void AutoCompShow(int lengthEntered, const wxString& itemList);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Remove the auto-completion list from the screen.
|
|
*/
|
|
void AutoCompCancel();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Is there an auto-completion list visible?
|
|
*/
|
|
bool AutoCompActive();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the position of the caret when the auto-completion list was displayed.
|
|
*/
|
|
int AutoCompPosStart();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
User has selected an item so remove the list and insert the selection.
|
|
*/
|
|
void AutoCompComplete();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Define a set of character that when typed cancel the auto-completion list.
|
|
*/
|
|
void AutoCompStops(const wxString& characterSet);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Change the separator character in the string setting up an auto-completion list.
|
|
Default is space but can be changed if items contain space.
|
|
*/
|
|
void AutoCompSetSeparator(int separatorCharacter);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the auto-completion list separator character.
|
|
*/
|
|
int AutoCompGetSeparator() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Select the item in the auto-completion list that starts with a string.
|
|
*/
|
|
void AutoCompSelect(const wxString& select);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Should the auto-completion list be cancelled if the user backspaces to a
|
|
position before where the box was created.
|
|
*/
|
|
void AutoCompSetCancelAtStart(bool cancel);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve whether auto-completion cancelled by backspacing before start.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool AutoCompGetCancelAtStart() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Define a set of characters that when typed will cause the autocompletion to
|
|
choose the selected item.
|
|
*/
|
|
void AutoCompSetFillUps(const wxString& characterSet);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Should a single item auto-completion list automatically choose the item.
|
|
*/
|
|
void AutoCompSetChooseSingle(bool chooseSingle);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve whether a single item auto-completion list automatically choose the item.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool AutoCompGetChooseSingle() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set whether case is significant when performing auto-completion searches.
|
|
*/
|
|
void AutoCompSetIgnoreCase(bool ignoreCase);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve state of ignore case flag.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool AutoCompGetIgnoreCase() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set whether or not autocompletion is hidden automatically when nothing matches.
|
|
*/
|
|
void AutoCompSetAutoHide(bool autoHide);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve whether or not autocompletion is hidden automatically when nothing matches.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool AutoCompGetAutoHide() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set whether or not autocompletion deletes any word characters
|
|
after the inserted text upon completion.
|
|
*/
|
|
void AutoCompSetDropRestOfWord(bool dropRestOfWord);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve whether or not autocompletion deletes any word characters
|
|
after the inserted text upon completion.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool AutoCompGetDropRestOfWord() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Register an image for use in autocompletion lists.
|
|
*/
|
|
void RegisterImage(int type, const wxBitmap& bmp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Clear all the registered images.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ClearRegisteredImages();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the auto-completion list type-separator character.
|
|
*/
|
|
int AutoCompGetTypeSeparator() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Change the type-separator character in the string setting up an auto-completion list.
|
|
Default is '?' but can be changed if items contain '?'.
|
|
*/
|
|
void AutoCompSetTypeSeparator(int separatorCharacter);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the maximum width, in characters, of auto-completion and user lists.
|
|
Set to 0 to autosize to fit longest item, which is the default.
|
|
*/
|
|
void AutoCompSetMaxWidth(int characterCount);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the maximum width, in characters, of auto-completion and user lists.
|
|
*/
|
|
int AutoCompGetMaxWidth() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the maximum height, in rows, of auto-completion and user lists.
|
|
The default is 5 rows.
|
|
*/
|
|
void AutoCompSetMaxHeight(int rowCount);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the maximum height, in rows, of auto-completion and user lists.
|
|
*/
|
|
int AutoCompGetMaxHeight() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get currently selected item position in the auto-completion list
|
|
*/
|
|
int AutoCompGetCurrent() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get currently selected item text in the auto-completion list
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.1
|
|
*/
|
|
wxString AutoCompGetCurrentText() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set auto-completion case insensitive behaviour to either prefer case-sensitive matches or have no preference.
|
|
|
|
The input should be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_CASEINSENSITIVEBEHAVIOUR_RESPECTCASE wxSTC_CASEINSENSITIVEBEHAVIOUR_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
void AutoCompSetCaseInsensitiveBehaviour(int behaviour);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get auto-completion case insensitive behaviour.
|
|
|
|
The return value will be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_CASEINSENSITIVEBEHAVIOUR_RESPECTCASE wxSTC_CASEINSENSITIVEBEHAVIOUR_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
int AutoCompGetCaseInsensitiveBehaviour() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Change the effect of autocompleting when there are multiple selections.
|
|
|
|
The input should be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_MULTIAUTOC_ONCE wxSTC_MULTIAUTOC_* @endlink constants.
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
void AutoCompSetMulti(int multi);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the effect of autocompleting when there are multiple selections.
|
|
|
|
The return value will be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_MULTIAUTOC_ONCE wxSTC_MULTIAUTOC_* @endlink constants.
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
int AutoCompGetMulti() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the way autocompletion lists are ordered.
|
|
|
|
The input should be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_ORDER_PRESORTED wxSTC_ORDER_* @endlink constants.
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
void AutoCompSetOrder(int order);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the way autocompletion lists are ordered.
|
|
|
|
The return value will be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_ORDER_PRESORTED wxSTC_ORDER_* @endlink constants.
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
int AutoCompGetOrder() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Register an RGBA image for use in autocompletion lists.
|
|
It has the width and height from RGBAImageSetWidth/Height
|
|
*/
|
|
void RegisterRGBAImage(int type, const unsigned char* pixels);
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{UserLists, User lists}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Display a list of strings and send notification when user chooses one.
|
|
*/
|
|
void UserListShow(int listType, const wxString& itemList);
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{CallTips, Call tips}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Show a call tip containing a definition near position pos.
|
|
*/
|
|
void CallTipShow(int pos, const wxString& definition);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Remove the call tip from the screen.
|
|
*/
|
|
void CallTipCancel();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Is there an active call tip?
|
|
*/
|
|
bool CallTipActive();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the position where the caret was before displaying the call tip.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
int CallTipPosAtStart();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the start position in order to change when backspacing removes the calltip.
|
|
*/
|
|
void CallTipSetPosAtStart(int posStart);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Highlight a segment of the definition.
|
|
*/
|
|
void CallTipSetHighlight(int highlightStart, int highlightEnd);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the background colour for the call tip.
|
|
*/
|
|
void CallTipSetBackground(const wxColour& back);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the foreground colour for the call tip.
|
|
*/
|
|
void CallTipSetForeground(const wxColour& fore);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the foreground colour for the highlighted part of the call tip.
|
|
*/
|
|
void CallTipSetForegroundHighlight(const wxColour& fore);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Enable use of wxSTC_STYLE_CALLTIP and set call tip tab size in pixels.
|
|
*/
|
|
void CallTipUseStyle(int tabSize);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set position of calltip, above or below text.
|
|
*/
|
|
void CallTipSetPosition(bool above);
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{KeyboardCommands, Keyboard commands}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret down one line.
|
|
*/
|
|
void LineDown();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret down one line extending selection to new caret position.
|
|
*/
|
|
void LineDownExtend();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret up one line.
|
|
*/
|
|
void LineUp();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret up one line extending selection to new caret position.
|
|
*/
|
|
void LineUpExtend();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret left one character.
|
|
*/
|
|
void CharLeft();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret left one character extending selection to new caret position.
|
|
*/
|
|
void CharLeftExtend();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret right one character.
|
|
*/
|
|
void CharRight();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret right one character extending selection to new caret position.
|
|
*/
|
|
void CharRightExtend();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret left one word.
|
|
*/
|
|
void WordLeft();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret left one word extending selection to new caret position.
|
|
*/
|
|
void WordLeftExtend();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret right one word.
|
|
*/
|
|
void WordRight();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret right one word extending selection to new caret position.
|
|
*/
|
|
void WordRightExtend();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret to first position on line.
|
|
*/
|
|
void Home();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret to first position on line extending selection to new caret position.
|
|
*/
|
|
void HomeExtend();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret to last position on line.
|
|
*/
|
|
void LineEnd();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret to last position on line extending selection to new caret position.
|
|
*/
|
|
void LineEndExtend();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret to first position in document.
|
|
*/
|
|
void DocumentStart();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret to first position in document extending selection to new caret position.
|
|
*/
|
|
void DocumentStartExtend();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret to last position in document.
|
|
*/
|
|
void DocumentEnd();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret to last position in document extending selection to new caret position.
|
|
*/
|
|
void DocumentEndExtend();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret one page up.
|
|
*/
|
|
void PageUp();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret one page up extending selection to new caret position.
|
|
*/
|
|
void PageUpExtend();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret one page down.
|
|
*/
|
|
void PageDown();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret one page down extending selection to new caret position.
|
|
*/
|
|
void PageDownExtend();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Switch from insert to overtype mode or the reverse.
|
|
*/
|
|
void EditToggleOvertype();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Cancel any modes such as call tip or auto-completion list display.
|
|
*/
|
|
void Cancel();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Delete the selection or if no selection, the character before the caret.
|
|
*/
|
|
void DeleteBack();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
If selection is empty or all on one line replace the selection with a tab character.
|
|
If more than one line selected, indent the lines.
|
|
*/
|
|
void Tab();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Dedent the selected lines.
|
|
*/
|
|
void BackTab();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Insert a new line, may use a CRLF, CR or LF depending on EOL mode.
|
|
*/
|
|
void NewLine();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Insert a Form Feed character.
|
|
*/
|
|
void FormFeed();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret to before first visible character on line.
|
|
If already there move to first character on line.
|
|
*/
|
|
void VCHome();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Like VCHome but extending selection to new caret position.
|
|
*/
|
|
void VCHomeExtend();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Delete the word to the left of the caret.
|
|
*/
|
|
void DelWordLeft();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Delete the word to the right of the caret.
|
|
*/
|
|
void DelWordRight();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Delete the word to the right of the caret, but not the trailing non-word characters.
|
|
*/
|
|
void DelWordRightEnd();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Cut the line containing the caret.
|
|
*/
|
|
void LineCut();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Delete the line containing the caret.
|
|
*/
|
|
void LineDelete();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Switch the current line with the previous.
|
|
*/
|
|
void LineTranspose();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Duplicate the current line.
|
|
*/
|
|
void LineDuplicate();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Transform the selection to lower case.
|
|
*/
|
|
void LowerCase();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Transform the selection to upper case.
|
|
*/
|
|
void UpperCase();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Scroll the document down, keeping the caret visible.
|
|
*/
|
|
void LineScrollDown();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Scroll the document up, keeping the caret visible.
|
|
*/
|
|
void LineScrollUp();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Delete the selection or if no selection, the character before the caret.
|
|
Will not delete the character before at the start of a line.
|
|
*/
|
|
void DeleteBackNotLine();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret to first position on display line.
|
|
*/
|
|
void HomeDisplay();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret to first position on display line extending selection to
|
|
new caret position.
|
|
*/
|
|
void HomeDisplayExtend();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret to last position on display line.
|
|
*/
|
|
void LineEndDisplay();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret to last position on display line extending selection to new
|
|
caret position.
|
|
*/
|
|
void LineEndDisplayExtend();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Like Home but when word-wrap is enabled goes first to start of display line
|
|
HomeDisplay, then to start of document line Home.
|
|
*/
|
|
void HomeWrap();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Like HomeExtend but when word-wrap is enabled extends first to start of display line
|
|
HomeDisplayExtend, then to start of document line HomeExtend.
|
|
*/
|
|
void HomeWrapExtend();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Like LineEnd but when word-wrap is enabled goes first to end of display line
|
|
LineEndDisplay, then to start of document line LineEnd.
|
|
*/
|
|
void LineEndWrap();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Like LineEndExtend but when word-wrap is enabled extends first to end of display line
|
|
LineEndDisplayExtend, then to start of document line LineEndExtend.
|
|
*/
|
|
void LineEndWrapExtend();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Like VCHome but when word-wrap is enabled goes first to start of display line
|
|
VCHomeDisplay, then behaves like VCHome.
|
|
*/
|
|
void VCHomeWrap();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Like VCHomeExtend but when word-wrap is enabled extends first to start of display line
|
|
VCHomeDisplayExtend, then behaves like VCHomeExtend.
|
|
*/
|
|
void VCHomeWrapExtend();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Copy the line containing the caret.
|
|
*/
|
|
void LineCopy();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move to the previous change in capitalisation.
|
|
*/
|
|
void WordPartLeft();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move to the previous change in capitalisation extending selection
|
|
to new caret position.
|
|
*/
|
|
void WordPartLeftExtend();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move to the change next in capitalisation.
|
|
*/
|
|
void WordPartRight();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move to the next change in capitalisation extending selection
|
|
to new caret position.
|
|
*/
|
|
void WordPartRightExtend();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Delete back from the current position to the start of the line.
|
|
*/
|
|
void DelLineLeft();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Delete forwards from the current position to the end of the line.
|
|
*/
|
|
void DelLineRight();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret down one paragraph (delimited by empty lines).
|
|
*/
|
|
void ParaDown();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Extend selection down one paragraph (delimited by empty lines).
|
|
*/
|
|
void ParaDownExtend();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret up one paragraph (delimited by empty lines).
|
|
*/
|
|
void ParaUp();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Extend selection up one paragraph (delimited by empty lines).
|
|
*/
|
|
void ParaUpExtend();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret down one line, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
|
|
*/
|
|
void LineDownRectExtend();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret up one line, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
|
|
*/
|
|
void LineUpRectExtend();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret left one character, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
|
|
*/
|
|
void CharLeftRectExtend();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret right one character, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
|
|
*/
|
|
void CharRightRectExtend();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret to first position on line, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
|
|
*/
|
|
void HomeRectExtend();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret to before first visible character on line.
|
|
If already there move to first character on line.
|
|
In either case, extend rectangular selection to new caret position.
|
|
*/
|
|
void VCHomeRectExtend();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret to last position on line, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
|
|
*/
|
|
void LineEndRectExtend();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret one page up, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
|
|
*/
|
|
void PageUpRectExtend();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret one page down, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
|
|
*/
|
|
void PageDownRectExtend();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret to top of page, or one page up if already at top of page.
|
|
*/
|
|
void StutteredPageUp();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret to top of page, or one page up if already at top of page, extending selection to new caret position.
|
|
*/
|
|
void StutteredPageUpExtend();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret to bottom of page, or one page down if already at bottom of page.
|
|
*/
|
|
void StutteredPageDown();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret to bottom of page, or one page down if already at bottom of page, extending selection to new caret position.
|
|
*/
|
|
void StutteredPageDownExtend();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret left one word, position cursor at end of word.
|
|
*/
|
|
void WordLeftEnd();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret left one word, position cursor at end of word, extending selection to new caret position.
|
|
*/
|
|
void WordLeftEndExtend();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret right one word, position cursor at end of word.
|
|
*/
|
|
void WordRightEnd();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret right one word, position cursor at end of word, extending selection to new caret position.
|
|
*/
|
|
void WordRightEndExtend();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Duplicate the selection. If selection empty duplicate the line containing the caret.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SelectionDuplicate();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Centre current line in window.
|
|
*/
|
|
void VerticalCentreCaret();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Scroll to start of document.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ScrollToStart();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Scroll to end of document.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ScrollToEnd();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Move caret to before first visible character on display line.
|
|
If already there move to first character on display line.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
void VCHomeDisplay();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Like VCHomeDisplay but extending selection to new caret position.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
void VCHomeDisplayExtend();
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{KeyBindings, Key bindings}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
When key+modifier combination keyDefinition is pressed perform sciCommand.
|
|
|
|
The second argument should be a bit list containing one or more of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_KEYMOD_NORM wxSTC_KEYMOD_* @endlink constants
|
|
and the third argument should be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_CMD_BACKTAB wxSTC_CMD_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
void CmdKeyAssign(int key, int modifiers, int cmd);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
When key+modifier combination keyDefinition is pressed do nothing.
|
|
|
|
The second argument should be a bit list containing one or more of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_KEYMOD_NORM wxSTC_KEYMOD_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
void CmdKeyClear(int key, int modifiers);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Drop all key mappings.
|
|
*/
|
|
void CmdKeyClearAll();
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{PopupEditMenu, Popup edit menu}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set whether a pop up menu is displayed automatically when the user presses
|
|
the wrong mouse button on certain areas.
|
|
|
|
The input should be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_POPUP_NEVER wxSTC_POPUP_* @endlink constants.
|
|
@remarks
|
|
When wxContextMenuEvent is used to create a custom popup menu,
|
|
this function should be called with wxSTC_POPUP_NEVER. Otherwise
|
|
the default menu will be shown instead of the custom one.
|
|
*/
|
|
void UsePopUp(int popUpMode);
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{MacroRecording, Macro recording}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Start notifying the container of all key presses and commands.
|
|
*/
|
|
void StartRecord();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Stop notifying the container of all key presses and commands.
|
|
*/
|
|
void StopRecord();
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{Printing, Printing}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets the print magnification added to the point size of each style for printing.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetPrintMagnification(int magnification);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns the print magnification.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetPrintMagnification() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Modify colours when printing for clearer printed text.
|
|
|
|
The input should be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_PRINT_NORMAL wxSTC_PRINT_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetPrintColourMode(int mode);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns the print colour mode.
|
|
|
|
The return value will be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_PRINT_NORMAL wxSTC_PRINT_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetPrintColourMode() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
On Windows, will draw the document into a display context such as a printer.
|
|
*/
|
|
int FormatRange(bool doDraw,
|
|
int startPos,
|
|
int endPos,
|
|
wxDC* draw,
|
|
wxDC* target,
|
|
wxRect renderRect,
|
|
wxRect pageRect);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set printing to line wrapped (wxSTC_WRAP_WORD) or not line wrapped (wxSTC_WRAP_NONE).
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetPrintWrapMode(int wrapMode);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Is printing line wrapped?
|
|
|
|
The return value will be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_WRAP_NONE wxSTC_WRAP_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetPrintWrapMode() const;
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{DirectAccess, Direct access}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve a pointer to a function that processes messages for this Scintilla.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.1
|
|
*/
|
|
void* GetDirectFunction() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve a pointer value to use as the first argument when calling
|
|
the function returned by GetDirectFunction.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.1
|
|
*/
|
|
void* GetDirectPointer() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Compact the document buffer and return a read-only pointer to the
|
|
characters in the document.
|
|
*/
|
|
const char* GetCharacterPointer() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Return a read-only pointer to a range of characters in the document.
|
|
May move the gap so that the range is contiguous, but will only move up
|
|
to lengthRange bytes.
|
|
*/
|
|
const char* GetRangePointer(int position, int rangeLength) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Return a position which, to avoid performance costs, should not be within
|
|
the range of a call to GetRangePointer.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetGapPosition() const;
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{MultipleViews, Multiple views}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve a pointer to the document object.
|
|
*/
|
|
void* GetDocPointer();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Change the document object used.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetDocPointer(void* docPointer);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Create a new document object.
|
|
Starts with reference count of 1 and not selected into editor.
|
|
*/
|
|
void* CreateDocument();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Extend life of document.
|
|
*/
|
|
void AddRefDocument(void* docPointer);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Release a reference to the document, deleting document if it fades to black.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ReleaseDocument(void* docPointer);
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{BackgroundLoadSave, Background loading and saving}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Create an ILoader*.
|
|
*/
|
|
void* CreateLoader(int bytes) const;
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{Folding, Folding}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Find the display line of a document line taking hidden lines into account.
|
|
*/
|
|
int VisibleFromDocLine(int docLine);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Find the document line of a display line taking hidden lines into account.
|
|
*/
|
|
int DocLineFromVisible(int displayLine);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the fold level of a line.
|
|
This encodes an integer level along with flags indicating whether the
|
|
line is a header and whether it is effectively white space.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetFoldLevel(int line, int level);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the fold level of a line.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetFoldLevel(int line) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Find the last child line of a header line.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetLastChild(int line, int level) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Find the parent line of a child line.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetFoldParent(int line) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Make a range of lines visible.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ShowLines(int lineStart, int lineEnd);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Make a range of lines invisible.
|
|
*/
|
|
void HideLines(int lineStart, int lineEnd);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Is a line visible?
|
|
*/
|
|
bool GetLineVisible(int line) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Are all lines visible?
|
|
*/
|
|
bool GetAllLinesVisible() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Show the children of a header line.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetFoldExpanded(int line, bool expanded);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Is a header line expanded?
|
|
*/
|
|
bool GetFoldExpanded(int line) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Switch a header line between expanded and contracted.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ToggleFold(int line);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Switch a header line between expanded and contracted and show some text after the line.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.1
|
|
*/
|
|
void ToggleFoldShowText(int line, const wxString& text);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the style of fold display text
|
|
|
|
The input should be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_FOLDDISPLAYTEXT_HIDDEN wxSTC_FOLDDISPLAYTEXT_* @endlink constants.
|
|
@since 3.1.1
|
|
*/
|
|
void FoldDisplayTextSetStyle(int style);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Expand or contract a fold header.
|
|
|
|
The second argument should be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_FOLDACTION_CONTRACT wxSTC_FOLDACTION_* @endlink constants.
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
void FoldLine(int line, int action);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Expand or contract a fold header and its children.
|
|
|
|
The second argument should be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_FOLDACTION_CONTRACT wxSTC_FOLDACTION_* @endlink constants.
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
void FoldChildren(int line, int action);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Expand a fold header and all children. Use the level argument instead of the line's current level.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
void ExpandChildren(int line, int level);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Expand or contract all fold headers.
|
|
|
|
The input should be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_FOLDACTION_CONTRACT wxSTC_FOLDACTION_* @endlink constants.
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
void FoldAll(int action);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Ensure a particular line is visible by expanding any header line hiding it.
|
|
*/
|
|
void EnsureVisible(int line);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set automatic folding behaviours.
|
|
|
|
The input should be a bit list containing one or more of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_AUTOMATICFOLD_SHOW wxSTC_AUTOMATICFOLD_* @endlink constants.
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetAutomaticFold(int automaticFold);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get automatic folding behaviours.
|
|
|
|
The return value will be a bit list containing one or more of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_AUTOMATICFOLD_SHOW wxSTC_AUTOMATICFOLD_* @endlink constants.
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetAutomaticFold() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set some style options for folding.
|
|
|
|
The second argument should be a bit list containing one or more of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_FOLDFLAG_LINEBEFORE_EXPANDED wxSTC_FOLDFLAG_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetFoldFlags(int flags);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Ensure a particular line is visible by expanding any header line hiding it.
|
|
Use the currently set visibility policy to determine which range to display.
|
|
*/
|
|
void EnsureVisibleEnforcePolicy(int line);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Find the next line at or after lineStart that is a contracted fold header line.
|
|
Return -1 when no more lines.
|
|
*/
|
|
int ContractedFoldNext(int lineStart);
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{LineWrapping, Line wrapping}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
The number of display lines needed to wrap a document line
|
|
*/
|
|
int WrapCount(int docLine);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets whether text is word wrapped.
|
|
|
|
The input should be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_WRAP_NONE wxSTC_WRAP_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetWrapMode(int wrapMode);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve whether text is word wrapped.
|
|
|
|
The return value will be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_WRAP_NONE wxSTC_WRAP_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetWrapMode() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the display mode of visual flags for wrapped lines.
|
|
|
|
The input should be a bit list containing one or more of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_WRAPVISUALFLAG_NONE wxSTC_WRAPVISUALFLAG_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetWrapVisualFlags(int wrapVisualFlags);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrive the display mode of visual flags for wrapped lines.
|
|
|
|
The return value will be a bit list containing one or more of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_WRAPVISUALFLAG_NONE wxSTC_WRAPVISUALFLAG_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetWrapVisualFlags() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the location of visual flags for wrapped lines.
|
|
|
|
The input should be a bit list containing one or more of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_WRAPVISUALFLAGLOC_DEFAULT wxSTC_WRAPVISUALFLAGLOC_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetWrapVisualFlagsLocation(int wrapVisualFlagsLocation);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrive the location of visual flags for wrapped lines.
|
|
|
|
The return value will be a bit list containing one or more of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_WRAPVISUALFLAGLOC_DEFAULT wxSTC_WRAPVISUALFLAGLOC_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetWrapVisualFlagsLocation() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the start indent for wrapped lines.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetWrapStartIndent(int indent);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrive the start indent for wrapped lines.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetWrapStartIndent() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets how wrapped sublines are placed. Default is wxSTC_WRAPINDENT_FIXED.
|
|
|
|
The input should be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_WRAPINDENT_FIXED wxSTC_WRAPINDENT_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetWrapIndentMode(int wrapIndentMode);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve how wrapped sublines are placed. Default is wxSTC_WRAPINDENT_FIXED.
|
|
|
|
The return value will be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_WRAPINDENT_FIXED wxSTC_WRAPINDENT_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetWrapIndentMode() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the degree of caching of layout information.
|
|
|
|
The return value will be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_CACHE_NONE wxSTC_CACHE_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetLayoutCache() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Join the lines in the target.
|
|
*/
|
|
void LinesJoin();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Split the lines in the target into lines that are less wide than pixelWidth
|
|
where possible.
|
|
*/
|
|
void LinesSplit(int pixelWidth);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set number of entries in position cache
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetPositionCacheSize(int size);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
How many entries are allocated to the position cache?
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetPositionCacheSize() const;
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{Zooming, Zooming}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Magnify the displayed text by increasing the sizes by 1 point.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ZoomIn();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Make the displayed text smaller by decreasing the sizes by 1 point.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ZoomOut();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the zoom level. This number of points is added to the size of all fonts.
|
|
It may be positive to magnify or negative to reduce.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetZoom(int zoomInPoints);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the zoom level.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetZoom() const;
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{LongLines, Long lines}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the column number which text should be kept within.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetEdgeColumn() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the column number of the edge.
|
|
If text goes past the edge then it is highlighted.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetEdgeColumn(int column);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the edge highlight mode.
|
|
|
|
The return value will be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_EDGE_NONE wxSTC_EDGE_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetEdgeMode() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
The edge may be displayed by a line (wxSTC_EDGE_LINE/wxSTC_EDGE_MULTILINE) or by highlighting text that
|
|
goes beyond it (wxSTC_EDGE_BACKGROUND) or not displayed at all (wxSTC_EDGE_NONE).
|
|
|
|
The input should be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_EDGE_NONE wxSTC_EDGE_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetEdgeMode(int edgeMode);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the colour used in edge indication.
|
|
*/
|
|
wxColour GetEdgeColour() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Change the colour used in edge indication.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetEdgeColour(const wxColour& edgeColour);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Add a new vertical edge to the view.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.1
|
|
*/
|
|
void MultiEdgeAddLine(int column, const wxColour& edgeColour);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Clear all vertical edges.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.1
|
|
*/
|
|
void MultiEdgeClearAll();
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{Lexer, Lexer}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Indicate that the internal state of a lexer has changed over a range and therefore
|
|
there may be a need to redraw.
|
|
*/
|
|
int ChangeLexerState(int start, int end);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the lexing language of the document.
|
|
|
|
The input should be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_LEX_A68K wxSTC_LEX_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetLexer(int lexer);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the lexing language of the document.
|
|
|
|
The return value will be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_LEX_A68K wxSTC_LEX_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetLexer() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Colourise a segment of the document using the current lexing language.
|
|
*/
|
|
void Colourise(int start, int end);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set up a value that may be used by a lexer for some optional feature.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetProperty(const wxString& key, const wxString& value);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set up the key words used by the lexer.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetKeyWords(int keyWordSet, const wxString& keyWords);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the lexing language of the document based on string name.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetLexerLanguage(const wxString& language);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Load a lexer library (dll / so).
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.1
|
|
*/
|
|
void LoadLexerLibrary(const wxString& path);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve a "property" value previously set with SetProperty.
|
|
*/
|
|
wxString GetProperty(const wxString& key);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve a "property" value previously set with SetProperty,
|
|
with "$()" variable replacement on returned buffer.
|
|
*/
|
|
wxString GetPropertyExpanded(const wxString& key);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve a "property" value previously set with SetProperty,
|
|
interpreted as an int AFTER any "$()" variable replacement.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetPropertyInt(const wxString &key, int defaultValue=0) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the lexing language of the document.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.1
|
|
*/
|
|
wxString GetLexerLanguage() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
For private communication between an application and a known lexer.
|
|
*/
|
|
void* PrivateLexerCall(int operation, void* pointer);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve a '\\n' separated list of properties understood by the current lexer.
|
|
*/
|
|
wxString PropertyNames() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the type of a property.
|
|
|
|
The return value will be one of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_TYPE_BOOLEAN wxSTC_TYPE_* @endlink constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
int PropertyType(const wxString& name);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Describe a property.
|
|
*/
|
|
wxString DescribeProperty(const wxString& name) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve a '\\n' separated list of descriptions of the keyword sets understood by the current lexer.
|
|
*/
|
|
wxString DescribeKeyWordSets() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Allocate a set of sub styles for a particular base style, returning start of range
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
int AllocateSubStyles(int styleBase, int numberStyles);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
The starting style number for the sub styles associated with a base style
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetSubStylesStart(int styleBase) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
The number of sub styles associated with a base style
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetSubStylesLength(int styleBase) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
For a sub style, return the base style, else return the argument.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetStyleFromSubStyle(int subStyle) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
For a secondary style, return the primary style, else return the argument.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetPrimaryStyleFromStyle(int style) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Free allocated sub styles
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
void FreeSubStyles();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the identifiers that are shown in a particular style
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetIdentifiers(int style, const wxString& identifiers);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Where styles are duplicated by a feature such as active/inactive code
|
|
return the distance between the two types.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
int DistanceToSecondaryStyles() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the set of base styles that can be extended with sub styles
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
wxString GetSubStyleBases() const;
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{Notifications, Event related items}
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets the time the mouse must sit still to generate a mouse dwell event.
|
|
|
|
The input should be a time in milliseconds or wxSTC_TIME_FOREVER.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetMouseDwellTime(int periodMilliseconds);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the time the mouse must sit still to generate a mouse dwell event.
|
|
|
|
The return value will be a time in milliseconds or wxSTC_TIME_FOREVER.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetMouseDwellTime() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set which document modification events are sent to the container.
|
|
|
|
The input should be a bit list containing one or more of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_MOD_INSERTTEXT wxSTC_MOD_* @endlink constants,
|
|
the @link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_PERFORMED_REDO wxSTC_PERFORMED_* @endlink constants,
|
|
wxSTC_STARTACTION, wxSTC_MULTILINEUNDOREDO, wxSTC_MULTISTEPUNDOREDO, and wxSTC_LASTSTEPINUNDOREDO.
|
|
The input can also be wxSTC_MODEVENTMASKALL to indicate that all changes
|
|
should generate events.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetModEventMask(int eventMask);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get which document modification events are sent to the container.
|
|
|
|
The return value will wxSTC_MODEVENTMASKALL if all changes generate
|
|
events. Otherwise it will be a bit list containing one or more of the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_MOD_INSERTTEXT wxSTC_MOD_* @endlink constants,
|
|
the @link wxStyledTextCtrl::wxSTC_PERFORMED_REDO wxSTC_PERFORMED_* @endlink constants,
|
|
wxSTC_STARTACTION, wxSTC_MULTILINEUNDOREDO, wxSTC_MULTISTEPUNDOREDO, and wxSTC_LASTSTEPINUNDOREDO.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetModEventMask() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the identifier reported as idFrom in notification messages.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetIdentifier(int identifier);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the identifier.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetIdentifier() const;
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{DeprecatedMessages, Deprecated items}
|
|
|
|
These methods should not be used in new code.
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Divide each styling byte into lexical class bits (default: 5) and indicator
|
|
bits (default: 3). If a lexer requires more than 32 lexical states, then this
|
|
is used to expand the possible states.
|
|
|
|
@deprecated
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetStyleBits(int bits);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve number of bits in style bytes used to hold the lexical state.
|
|
|
|
@deprecated
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetStyleBits() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the number of bits the current lexer needs for styling.
|
|
|
|
@deprecated
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetStyleBitsNeeded() const;
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
//}}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Manually declared methods
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{additional_methods, Additional wxStyledTextCtrl methods}
|
|
|
|
In addition to the standard Scintilla functions, wxStyledTextCtrl
|
|
includes the following functions to simplify some tasks.
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns the line number of the line with the caret.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetCurrentLine();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Extract style settings from a spec-string which is composed of one or
|
|
more of the following comma separated elements:
|
|
|
|
bold turns on bold
|
|
italic turns on italics
|
|
fore:[name or \#RRGGBB] sets the foreground colour
|
|
back:[name or \#RRGGBB] sets the background colour
|
|
face:[facename] sets the font face name to use
|
|
size:[num] sets the font size in points
|
|
eol turns on eol filling
|
|
underline turns on underlining
|
|
*/
|
|
void StyleSetSpec(int styleNum, const wxString& spec);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get the font of a style.
|
|
*/
|
|
wxFont StyleGetFont(int style);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set style size, face, bold, italic, and underline attributes from
|
|
a wxFont's attributes.
|
|
*/
|
|
void StyleSetFont(int styleNum, wxFont& font);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set all font style attributes at once.
|
|
*/
|
|
void StyleSetFontAttr(int styleNum, int size,
|
|
const wxString& faceName,
|
|
bool bold, bool italic,
|
|
bool underline,
|
|
wxFontEncoding encoding=wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the font encoding to be used by a style.
|
|
*/
|
|
void StyleSetFontEncoding(int style, wxFontEncoding encoding);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Perform one of the operations defined by the wxSTC_CMD_* constants.
|
|
*/
|
|
void CmdKeyExecute(int cmd);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the left and right margin in the edit area, measured in pixels.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetMargins(int left, int right);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Scroll enough to make the given line visible
|
|
*/
|
|
void ScrollToLine(int line);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Scroll enough to make the given column visible
|
|
*/
|
|
void ScrollToColumn(int column);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Scintilla API call.
|
|
*/
|
|
wxIntPtr SendMsg(int msg, wxUIntPtr wp=0, wxIntPtr lp=0) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the vertical scrollbar to use instead of the one that's built-in.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetVScrollBar(wxScrollBar* bar);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set the horizontal scrollbar to use instead of the one that's built-in.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetHScrollBar(wxScrollBar* bar);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Can be used to prevent the EVT_CHAR handler from adding the char
|
|
*/
|
|
bool GetLastKeydownProcessed();
|
|
void SetLastKeydownProcessed(bool val);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Write the contents of the editor to filename
|
|
*/
|
|
bool SaveFile(const wxString& filename);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Load the contents of filename into the editor
|
|
*/
|
|
bool LoadFile(const wxString& filename);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Allow for simulating a DnD DragEnter
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
wxDragResult DoDragEnter(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult defaultRes);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Allow for simulating a DnD DragOver
|
|
*/
|
|
wxDragResult DoDragOver(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult defaultRes);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Allow for simulating a DnD DragLeave
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
void DoDragLeave();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Allow for simulating a DnD DropText
|
|
*/
|
|
bool DoDropText(long x, long y, const wxString& data);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Specify whether anti-aliased fonts should be used.
|
|
|
|
This will have no effect on some platforms, but on some (wxMac for
|
|
example) can greatly improve performance.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetUseAntiAliasing(bool useAA);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns the current UseAntiAliasing setting.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool GetUseAntiAliasing();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Clear annotations from the given line.
|
|
*/
|
|
void AnnotationClearLine(int line);
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Raw versions
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------
|
|
/**
|
|
@member_group_name{raw_variants , Raw variants }
|
|
|
|
These methods allow data to be sent to or received from the control
|
|
using character buffers instead of using a wxString.
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Add text to the document at current position.
|
|
*/
|
|
void AddTextRaw(const char* text, int length=-1);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Insert string at a position.
|
|
*/
|
|
void InsertTextRaw(int pos, const char* text);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the text of the line containing the caret.
|
|
Returns the index of the caret on the line.
|
|
*/
|
|
wxCharBuffer GetCurLineRaw(int* linePos=NULL);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the contents of a line.
|
|
*/
|
|
wxCharBuffer GetLineRaw(int line);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the selected text.
|
|
*/
|
|
wxCharBuffer GetSelectedTextRaw();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve the target text.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.1
|
|
*/
|
|
wxCharBuffer GetTargetTextRaw();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve a range of text.
|
|
*/
|
|
wxCharBuffer GetTextRangeRaw(int startPos, int endPos);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Replace the contents of the document with the argument text.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetTextRaw(const char* text);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Retrieve all the text in the document.
|
|
*/
|
|
wxCharBuffer GetTextRaw();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Append a string to the end of the document without changing the selection.
|
|
*/
|
|
void AppendTextRaw(const char* text, int length=-1);
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// wxTextEntryBase pure virtual methods
|
|
// ----------------------------------------------
|
|
///@member_group_name{text_entry, Text entry methods}
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Writes the text into the text control at the current insertion position.
|
|
|
|
@param text
|
|
Text to write to the text control.
|
|
|
|
@remarks
|
|
Newlines in the text string are the only control characters
|
|
allowed, and they will cause appropriate line breaks.
|
|
See operator<<() and AppendText() for more convenient ways of
|
|
writing to the window.
|
|
After the write operation, the insertion point will be at the end
|
|
of the inserted text, so subsequent write operations will be appended.
|
|
To append text after the user may have interacted with the control,
|
|
call wxTextCtrl::SetInsertionPointEnd() before writing.
|
|
*/
|
|
virtual void WriteText(const wxString& text);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Removes the text starting at the first given position up to
|
|
(but not including) the character at the last position.
|
|
|
|
This function puts the current insertion point position at @a to as a
|
|
side effect.
|
|
|
|
@param from
|
|
The first position.
|
|
@param to
|
|
The last position.
|
|
*/
|
|
virtual void Remove(long from, long to);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Replaces the text starting at the first position up to
|
|
(but not including) the character at the last position with the given text.
|
|
|
|
This function puts the current insertion point position at @a to as a
|
|
side effect.
|
|
|
|
@param from
|
|
The first position.
|
|
@param to
|
|
The last position.
|
|
@param value
|
|
The value to replace the existing text with.
|
|
*/
|
|
virtual void Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& text);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets the insertion point at the given position.
|
|
|
|
@param pos
|
|
Position to set, in the range from 0 to GetLastPosition() inclusive.
|
|
*/
|
|
virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns the insertion point, or cursor, position.
|
|
|
|
This is defined as the zero based index of the character position to
|
|
the right of the insertion point. For example, if the insertion point
|
|
is at the end of the single-line text control, it is equal to
|
|
GetLastPosition().
|
|
|
|
Notice that insertion position is, in general, different from the index
|
|
of the character the cursor position at in the string returned by
|
|
GetValue(). While this is always the case for the single line controls,
|
|
multi-line controls can use two characters @c "\\r\\n" as line
|
|
separator (this is notably the case under MSW) meaning that indices in
|
|
the control and its string value are offset by 1 for every line.
|
|
|
|
Hence to correctly get the character at the current cursor position,
|
|
taking into account that there can be none if the cursor is at the end
|
|
of the string, you could do the following:
|
|
|
|
@code
|
|
wxString GetCurrentChar(wxTextCtrl *tc)
|
|
{
|
|
long pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
|
|
if ( pos == tc->GetLastPosition() )
|
|
return wxString();
|
|
|
|
return tc->GetRange(pos, pos + 1);
|
|
}
|
|
@endcode
|
|
*/
|
|
virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns the zero based index of the last position in the text control,
|
|
which is equal to the number of characters in the control.
|
|
*/
|
|
virtual long GetLastPosition() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Selects the text starting at the first position up to (but not
|
|
including) the character at the last position.
|
|
|
|
If both parameters are equal to -1 all text in the control is selected.
|
|
|
|
Notice that the insertion point will be moved to @a from by this
|
|
function.
|
|
|
|
@param from
|
|
The first position.
|
|
@param to
|
|
The last position.
|
|
|
|
@see SelectAll()
|
|
*/
|
|
virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Deselects selected text in the control.
|
|
|
|
@since 2.9.5
|
|
*/
|
|
virtual void SelectNone();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Gets the current selection span.
|
|
|
|
If the returned values are equal, there was no selection. Please note
|
|
that the indices returned may be used with the other wxTextCtrl methods
|
|
but don't necessarily represent the correct indices into the string
|
|
returned by GetValue() for multiline controls under Windows (at least,)
|
|
you should use GetStringSelection() to get the selected text.
|
|
|
|
@param from
|
|
The returned first position.
|
|
@param to
|
|
The returned last position.
|
|
|
|
@beginWxPerlOnly
|
|
In wxPerl this method takes no parameters and returns a
|
|
2-element list (from, to).
|
|
@endWxPerlOnly
|
|
*/
|
|
virtual void GetSelection(long *from, long *to) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns @true if the controls contents may be edited by user (note that
|
|
it always can be changed by the program).
|
|
|
|
In other words, this functions returns @true if the control hasn't been
|
|
put in read-only mode by a previous call to SetEditable().
|
|
*/
|
|
virtual bool IsEditable() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Makes the text item editable or read-only, overriding the
|
|
@b wxTE_READONLY flag.
|
|
|
|
@param editable
|
|
If @true, the control is editable. If @false, the control is
|
|
read-only.
|
|
|
|
@see IsEditable()
|
|
*/
|
|
virtual void SetEditable(bool editable);
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// wxTextAreaBase pure virtual methods
|
|
// ---------------------------------------------
|
|
///@member_group_name{text_area, Text area methods}
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Gets the length of the specified line, not including any trailing
|
|
newline character(s).
|
|
|
|
@param lineNo
|
|
Line number (starting from zero).
|
|
|
|
@return
|
|
The length of the line, or -1 if @a lineNo was invalid.
|
|
*/
|
|
virtual int GetLineLength(long n) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns the contents of a given line in the text control, not including
|
|
any trailing newline character(s).
|
|
|
|
@param lineNo
|
|
The line number, starting from zero.
|
|
|
|
@return
|
|
The contents of the line.
|
|
*/
|
|
virtual wxString GetLineText(long n) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns the number of lines in the text control buffer.
|
|
|
|
The returned number is the number of logical lines, i.e. just the count
|
|
of the number of newline characters in the control + 1, for wxGTK and
|
|
wxOSX/Cocoa ports while it is the number of physical lines, i.e. the
|
|
count of lines actually shown in the control, in wxMSW.
|
|
Because of this discrepancy, it is not recommended to use this function.
|
|
|
|
@remarks
|
|
Note that even empty text controls have one line (where the
|
|
insertion point is), so GetNumberOfLines() never returns 0.
|
|
*/
|
|
virtual int GetNumberOfLines() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns @true if the text has been modified by user.
|
|
|
|
Note that calling SetValue() doesn't make the control modified.
|
|
|
|
@see MarkDirty()
|
|
*/
|
|
virtual bool IsModified() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Mark text as modified (dirty).
|
|
|
|
@see IsModified()
|
|
*/
|
|
virtual void MarkDirty();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Resets the internal modified flag as if the current changes had been
|
|
saved.
|
|
*/
|
|
virtual void DiscardEdits();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
This method is inherited from wxTextAreaBase but is not implemented
|
|
in wxStyledTextCtrl.
|
|
*/
|
|
virtual bool SetStyle(long start, long end, const wxTextAttr& style);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
This method is inherited from wxTextAreaBase but is not implemented
|
|
in wxStyledTextCtrl.
|
|
*/
|
|
virtual bool GetStyle(long position, wxTextAttr& style);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
This method is inherited from wxTextAreaBase but is not implemented
|
|
in wxStyledTextCtrl.
|
|
*/
|
|
virtual bool SetDefaultStyle(const wxTextAttr& style);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Converts the given zero based column and line number to a position.
|
|
|
|
@param x
|
|
The column number.
|
|
@param y
|
|
The line number.
|
|
|
|
@return
|
|
The position value, or -1 if x or y was invalid.
|
|
*/
|
|
virtual long XYToPosition(long x, long y) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Converts given position to a zero-based column, line number pair.
|
|
|
|
@param pos
|
|
Position.
|
|
@param x
|
|
Receives zero based column number.
|
|
@param y
|
|
Receives zero based line number.
|
|
|
|
@return
|
|
@true on success, @false on failure (most likely due to a too large
|
|
position parameter).
|
|
|
|
@beginWxPerlOnly
|
|
In wxPerl this function takes only the @a pos argument and
|
|
returns a 2-element list (x, y).
|
|
@endWxPerlOnly
|
|
|
|
@see XYToPosition()
|
|
*/
|
|
virtual bool PositionToXY(long pos, long *x, long *y) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Makes the line containing the given position visible.
|
|
|
|
@param pos
|
|
The position that should be visible.
|
|
*/
|
|
virtual void ShowPosition(long pos);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Finds the position of the character at the specified point.
|
|
|
|
If the return code is not @c wxTE_HT_UNKNOWN the row and column of the
|
|
character closest to this position are returned, otherwise the output
|
|
parameters are not modified.
|
|
|
|
Please note that this function is currently only implemented in wxUniv,
|
|
wxMSW and wxGTK2 ports and always returns @c wxTE_HT_UNKNOWN in the
|
|
other ports.
|
|
|
|
@beginWxPerlOnly
|
|
In wxPerl this function takes only the @a pt argument and
|
|
returns a 3-element list (result, col, row).
|
|
@endWxPerlOnly
|
|
|
|
@param pt
|
|
The position of the point to check, in window device coordinates.
|
|
@param pos
|
|
Receives the position of the character at the given position. May
|
|
be @NULL.
|
|
|
|
@see PositionToXY(), XYToPosition()
|
|
*/
|
|
virtual wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long *pos) const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Finds the row and column of the character at the specified point.
|
|
|
|
If the return code is not @c wxTE_HT_UNKNOWN the row and column of the
|
|
character closest to this position are returned, otherwise the output
|
|
parameters are not modified.
|
|
|
|
Please note that this function is currently only implemented in wxUniv,
|
|
wxMSW and wxGTK2 ports and always returns @c wxTE_HT_UNKNOWN in the
|
|
other ports.
|
|
|
|
@beginWxPerlOnly
|
|
In wxPerl this function takes only the @a pt argument and
|
|
returns a 3-element list (result, col, row).
|
|
@endWxPerlOnly
|
|
|
|
@param pt
|
|
The position of the point to check, in window device coordinates.
|
|
@param col
|
|
Receives the column of the character at the given position. May be
|
|
@NULL.
|
|
@param row
|
|
Receives the row of the character at the given position. May be
|
|
@NULL.
|
|
|
|
@see PositionToXY(), XYToPosition()
|
|
*/
|
|
virtual wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pt,
|
|
wxTextCoord *col,
|
|
wxTextCoord *row) const;
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// VersionInfo
|
|
// ---------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns the version of the Scintilla library used by this control.
|
|
*/
|
|
static wxVersionInfo GetLibraryVersionInfo();
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@class wxStyledTextEvent
|
|
|
|
The type of events sent from wxStyledTextCtrl.
|
|
|
|
@beginEventTable{wxStyledTextEvent}
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_CANCELLED(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_CANCELLED event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_CHAR_DELETED(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_CHAR_DELETED event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_COMPLETED(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_COMPLETED event.
|
|
@since 3.1.1
|
|
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_SELECTION(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_SELECTION event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_CALLTIP_CLICK(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_CALLTIP_CLICK event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_CHANGE(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_CHANGE event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_CHARADDED(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_CHARADDED event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_CLIPBOARD_COPY(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_CLIPBOARD_COPY event.
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_CLIPBOARD_PASTE(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_CLIPBOARD_PASTE event.
|
|
@since 3.1.0
|
|
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_DO_DROP(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_DO_DROP event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_DOUBLECLICK(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_DOUBLECLICK event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_DRAG_OVER(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_DRAG_OVER event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_DWELLEND(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_DWELLEND event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_DWELLSTART(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_DWELLSTART event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_HOTSPOT_CLICK(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_HOTSPOT_CLICK event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_HOTSPOT_DCLICK(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_HOTSPOT_DCLICK event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_HOTSPOT_RELEASE_CLICK(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_HOTSPOT_RELEASE_CLICK event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_INDICATOR_CLICK(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_INDICATOR_CLICK event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_INDICATOR_RELEASE(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_INDICATOR_RELEASE event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_MACRORECORD(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_MACRORECORD event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_MARGIN_RIGHT_CLICK(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_MARGIN_RIGHT_CLICK event.
|
|
@since 3.1.1
|
|
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_MARGINCLICK(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_MARGINCLICK event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_MODIFIED(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_MODIFIED event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_NEEDSHOWN(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_NEEDSHOWN event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_PAINTED(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_PAINTED event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_ROMODIFYATTEMPT(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_ROMODIFYATTEMPT event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_SAVEPOINTLEFT(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_SAVEPOINTLEFT event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_SAVEPOINTREACHED(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_SAVEPOINTREACHED event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_START_DRAG(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_START_DRAG event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_STYLENEEDED(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_STYLENEEDED event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_UPDATEUI(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_UPDATEUI event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_USERLISTSELECTION(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_USERLISTSELECTION event.
|
|
@event{EVT_STC_ZOOM(id, fn)}
|
|
Process a @c wxEVT_STC_ZOOM event.
|
|
@endEventTable
|
|
|
|
Most of the Scintilla notifications are mapped to a similarly named
|
|
wxStyledTextEvent. However a few of the notifications would only offer
|
|
information available in other wxWidgets event types, and in those cases a
|
|
corresponding wxStyledTextEvent is not defined. Currently, the
|
|
@c wxEVT_KEY_DOWN event is used instead of the @c SCN_KEY notification. The
|
|
regular wxWidgets drag and drop functionality can be used instead of the
|
|
@c SCN_URIDROPPED notification. The @c wxEVT_SET_FOCUS event is used instead
|
|
of the @c SCN_FOCUSIN notification. And the @c wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS event is
|
|
used instead of the @c SCN_FOCUSOUT notification.
|
|
|
|
@section event_types Event Types
|
|
|
|
The following is a brief description of when the control generates these
|
|
events and a list of which methods provide relevent information. Additional
|
|
details can be found in the Scintilla documentation
|
|
(http://www.scintilla.org/ScintillaDoc.html#Notifications).
|
|
|
|
@c wxEVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_CANCELLED
|
|
|
|
- Generated when an autocompletion list has been canceled.
|
|
|
|
- Valid event functions: none.
|
|
|
|
@c wxEVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_CHAR_DELETED
|
|
|
|
- Generated when a character has been deleted from an autocompletion list.
|
|
|
|
- Valid event functions: none.
|
|
|
|
@c wxEVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_COMPLETED
|
|
|
|
- Generated after an autocompletion list has closed and inserted its text
|
|
into the control.
|
|
|
|
- Valid event functions:
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetKey GetKey@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetPosition GetPosition@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetString GetString@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetListCompletionMethod GetListCompletionMethod@endlink.
|
|
|
|
@c wxEVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_SELECTION
|
|
|
|
- Generated when an entry has been selected in an autocompletion list but
|
|
before the text has been inserted.
|
|
|
|
- To prevent the insertion, call @link wxStyledTextCtrl::AutoCompCancel
|
|
wxStyledTextCtrl::AutoCompCancel@endlink in the event handler.
|
|
|
|
- Valid event functions:
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetKey GetKey@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetPosition GetPosition@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetString GetString@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetListCompletionMethod GetListCompletionMethod@endlink.
|
|
|
|
@c wxEVT_STC_CALLTIP_CLICK
|
|
|
|
- Generated when a calltip has been clicked.
|
|
|
|
- @link wxStyledTextEvent::GetPosition GetPosition@endlink will return 1 if
|
|
the up arrow has been clicked, 2 if the down arrow has been clicked, and 0
|
|
for all other clicks.
|
|
|
|
- Valid event functions:
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetPosition GetPosition@endlink.
|
|
|
|
@c wxEVT_STC_CHANGE
|
|
|
|
- Generated when the text of the document has changed.
|
|
|
|
- This an older style event and should probably not be used in new code.
|
|
|
|
- Valid event functions: none.
|
|
|
|
@c wxEVT_STC_CHARADDED
|
|
|
|
- Generated when a character has been added to the control.
|
|
|
|
- Valid event functions: @link wxStyledTextEvent::GetKey GetKey@endlink.
|
|
|
|
@c wxEVT_STC_CLIPBOARD_COPY
|
|
|
|
- Generated when text is being cut or copied to the clipboard.
|
|
|
|
- Use wxStyledTextEvent::SetString() to modify the text that will be placed
|
|
on the clipboard.
|
|
|
|
- Valid event functions:
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetString GetString@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::SetString SetString@endlink.
|
|
|
|
@c wxEVT_STC_CLIPBOARD_PASTE
|
|
|
|
- Generated when text is being pasted from the clipboard.
|
|
|
|
- Use wxStyledTextEvent::SetString() to modify the text that will be
|
|
inserted into the control.
|
|
|
|
- Valid event functions:
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetPosition GetPosition@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetString GetString@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::SetString SetString@endlink.
|
|
|
|
@c wxEVT_STC_DO_DROP
|
|
|
|
- Generated when text is being dropped into the control.
|
|
|
|
- Details of the drag may be altered by changing the respective fields of
|
|
the event.
|
|
|
|
- Valid event functions:
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetDragResult GetDragResult@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::SetDragResult SetDragResult@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetPosition GetPosition@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::SetPosition SetPosition@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetString GetString@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::SetString SetString@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetX GetX@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetY GetY@endlink.
|
|
|
|
@c wxEVT_STC_DOUBLECLICK
|
|
|
|
- Generated when the control has been double-clicked.
|
|
|
|
- Valid event functions: @link wxStyledTextEvent::GetLine GetLine@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetModifiers GetModifiers@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetPosition GetPosition@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetAlt GetAlt@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetControl GetControl@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetShift GetShift@endlink.
|
|
|
|
@c wxEVT_STC_DRAG_OVER
|
|
|
|
- Generated repeatedly as text is being dragged inside the control.
|
|
|
|
- Valid event functions:
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetDragResult GetDragResult@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::SetDragResult SetDragResult@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetPosition GetPosition@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetX GetX@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetY GetY@endlink.
|
|
|
|
@c wxEVT_STC_DWELLEND
|
|
|
|
- Generated when the mouse has been moved after a
|
|
@c wxEVT_STC_DWELLSTART event.
|
|
|
|
- Valid event functions:
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetPosition GetPosition@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetX GetX@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetY GetY@endlink.
|
|
|
|
@c wxEVT_STC_DWELLSTART
|
|
|
|
- Generated when the mouse has remained still for a certain amount of time.
|
|
|
|
- The amount of time can be specified with
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::SetMouseDwellTime
|
|
wxStyledTextCtrl::SetMouseDwellTime@endlink.
|
|
|
|
- Valid event functions:
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetPosition GetPosition@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetX GetX@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetY GetY@endlink.
|
|
|
|
@c wxEVT_STC_HOTSPOT_CLICK
|
|
|
|
- Generated when a hotspot has been clicked.
|
|
|
|
- Valid event functions:
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetModifiers GetModifiers@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetPosition GetPosition@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetAlt GetAlt@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetControl GetControl@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetShift GetShift@endlink.
|
|
|
|
@c wxEVT_STC_HOTSPOT_DCLICK
|
|
|
|
- Generated when a hotspot has been double-clicked.
|
|
|
|
- Valid event functions:
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetModifiers GetModifiers@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetPosition GetPosition@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetAlt GetAlt@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetControl GetControl@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetShift GetShift@endlink.
|
|
|
|
@c wxEVT_STC_HOTSPOT_RELEASE_CLICK
|
|
|
|
- Generated when a click over a hotspot has been released.
|
|
|
|
- Valid event functions:
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetModifiers GetModifiers@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetPosition GetPosition@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetAlt GetAlt@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetControl GetControl@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetShift GetShift@endlink.
|
|
|
|
@c wxEVT_STC_INDICATOR_CLICK
|
|
|
|
- Generated when a indicator has been clicked.
|
|
|
|
- Valid event functions:
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetModifiers GetModifiers@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetPosition GetPosition@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetAlt GetAlt@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetControl GetControl@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetShift GetShift@endlink.
|
|
|
|
@c wxEVT_STC_INDICATOR_RELEASE
|
|
|
|
- Generated when a click over a indicator has been released.
|
|
|
|
- Valid event functions:
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetModifiers GetModifiers@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetPosition GetPosition@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetAlt GetAlt@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetControl GetControl@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetShift GetShift@endlink.
|
|
|
|
@c wxEVT_STC_MACRORECORD
|
|
|
|
- Generated while macro recording is in progress.
|
|
|
|
- Valid event functions:
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetMessage GetMessage@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetLParam GetLParam@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetWParam GetWParam@endlink.
|
|
|
|
@c wxEVT_STC_MARGIN_RIGHT_CLICK
|
|
|
|
- Generated when one of the margins is clicked with the right mouse button.
|
|
|
|
- This event is only generated if @link wxStyledTextCtrl::SetMarginSensitive
|
|
SetMarginSensitive@endlink has been called for one or more of the margins.
|
|
|
|
- Valid event functions:
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetMargin GetMargin@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetModifiers GetModifiers@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetPosition GetPosition@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetAlt GetAlt@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetControl GetControl@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetShift GetShift@endlink.
|
|
|
|
@c wxEVT_STC_MARGINCLICK
|
|
|
|
- Generated when one of the margins is clicked.
|
|
|
|
- This event is only generated if @link wxStyledTextCtrl::SetMarginSensitive
|
|
SetMarginSensitive@endlink has been called for one or more of the margins.
|
|
|
|
- Valid event functions:
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetMargin GetMargin@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetModifiers GetModifiers@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetPosition GetPosition@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetAlt GetAlt@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetControl GetControl@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetShift GetShift@endlink.
|
|
|
|
@c wxEVT_STC_MODIFIED
|
|
|
|
- Generated when the contents of the control have changed or are about to
|
|
change.
|
|
- You should not attempt to make any changes to the control inside a
|
|
handler for this event.
|
|
|
|
- Valid event functions:
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetAnnotationsLinesAdded GetAnnotationsLinesAdded@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetFoldLevelNow GetFoldLevelNow@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetFoldLevelPrev GetFoldLevelPrev@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetLength GetLength@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetLine GetLine@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetLinesAdded GetLinesAdded@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetModificationType GetModificationType@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetPosition GetPosition@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetString GetString@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetToken GetToken@endlink.
|
|
|
|
@c wxEVT_STC_NEEDSHOWN
|
|
|
|
- Generated when certain lines should be made visible by scrolling the text
|
|
in the control.
|
|
|
|
- Valid event functions:
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetLength GetLength@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetPosition GetPosition@endlink.
|
|
|
|
@c wxEVT_STC_PAINTED
|
|
|
|
- Generated when the control has been refreshed.
|
|
|
|
- Valid event functions: none.
|
|
|
|
@c wxEVT_STC_ROMODIFYATTEMPT
|
|
|
|
- Generated when an attempt has been made to change the control's text after
|
|
it has been set read-only.
|
|
|
|
- Valid event functions: none.
|
|
|
|
@c wxEVT_STC_SAVEPOINTREACHED
|
|
|
|
- Generated when the undo history has been made empty.
|
|
|
|
- Valid event functions: none.
|
|
|
|
@c wxEVT_STC_SAVEPOINTLEFT
|
|
|
|
- Generated when the undo history is no longer empty.
|
|
|
|
- Valid event functions: none.
|
|
|
|
@c wxEVT_STC_START_DRAG
|
|
|
|
- Generated when text is being dragged from the control.
|
|
|
|
- Details of the drag may be altered by changing the respective fields of
|
|
the event; in particular, set an empty string to prohibit the drag entirely.
|
|
|
|
- Valid event functions:
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetDragFlags GetDragFlags@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::SetDragFlags SetDragFlags@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetPosition GetPosition@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetString GetString@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::SetString SetString@endlink.
|
|
|
|
@c wxEVT_STC_STYLENEEDED
|
|
|
|
- Generated when the control has determined that style bytes should be set
|
|
for a portion of the document.
|
|
- These events are only sent if the lexer is set to
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_LEX_CONTAINER wxSTC_LEX_CONTAINER@endlink.
|
|
|
|
- Valid event functions: @link wxStyledTextEvent::GetPosition
|
|
GetPosition@endlink.
|
|
|
|
@c wxEVT_STC_UPDATEUI
|
|
|
|
- Generated when the text, style, cursor position, selection, or scrolling
|
|
of the control has changed.
|
|
|
|
- Valid event functions:
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetUpdated GetUpdated@endlink.
|
|
|
|
@c wxEVT_STC_USERLISTSELECTION
|
|
|
|
- Generated when a selection has been made from a user list.
|
|
|
|
- Valid event functions:
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetListType GetListType@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetPosition GetPosition@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetString GetString@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetKey GetKey@endlink,
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::GetListCompletionMethod GetListCompletionMethod@endlink.
|
|
|
|
@c wxEVT_STC_ZOOM
|
|
|
|
- Generated when the zoom factor of the control has been changed either by
|
|
the user or a call to @link wxStyledTextCtrl::ZoomIn
|
|
wxStyledTextCtrl::ZoomIn@endlink/@link wxStyledTextCtrl::ZoomOut
|
|
ZoomOut@endlink.
|
|
|
|
- Valid event functions: none.
|
|
|
|
@library{wxstc}
|
|
@category{events,stc}
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
class wxStyledTextEvent : public wxCommandEvent {
|
|
public:
|
|
/**
|
|
Constructor
|
|
*/
|
|
wxStyledTextEvent(wxEventType commandType=0, int id=0);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Copy constructor
|
|
*/
|
|
wxStyledTextEvent(const wxStyledTextEvent& event);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Destructor
|
|
*/
|
|
~wxStyledTextEvent();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns true if the Alt key is pressed.
|
|
|
|
This method is valid for the following event types:
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_DOUBLECLICK
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_MARGINCLICK
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_HOTSPOT_CLICK
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_HOTSPOT_DCLICK
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_HOTSPOT_RELEASE_CLICK
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_INDICATOR_CLICK
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_INDICATOR_RELEASE
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_MARGIN_RIGHT_CLICK
|
|
*/
|
|
bool GetAlt() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns the number of lines that have been added to or removed from an
|
|
annotation.
|
|
|
|
This method is valid for @c wxEVT_STC_MODIFIED events when the result of
|
|
GetModificationType() includes
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_MOD_CHANGEANNOTATION
|
|
wxSTC_MOD_CHANGEANNOTATION@endlink.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetAnnotationsLinesAdded() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns true if the Control key is pressed.
|
|
|
|
This method is valid for the following event types:
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_DOUBLECLICK
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_MARGINCLICK
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_HOTSPOT_CLICK
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_HOTSPOT_DCLICK
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_HOTSPOT_RELEASE_CLICK
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_INDICATOR_CLICK
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_INDICATOR_RELEASE
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_MARGIN_RIGHT_CLICK
|
|
*/
|
|
bool GetControl() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns flags for the drag operation associated with this event.
|
|
|
|
This method is valid for @c wxEVT_STC_START_DRAG events.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetDragFlags();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns drag result for this event.
|
|
|
|
This method is valid for @c wxEVT_STC_DRAG_OVER and
|
|
@c wxEVT_STC_DO_DROP events.
|
|
*/
|
|
wxDragResult GetDragResult();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@deprecated Use GetString() instead.
|
|
*/
|
|
wxString GetDragText();
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns the current fold level for the line.
|
|
|
|
This method is valid for @c wxEVT_STC_MODIFIED events when the result of
|
|
GetModificationType() includes @link
|
|
wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_MOD_CHANGEFOLD wxSTC_MOD_CHANGEFOLD@endlink.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetFoldLevelNow() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns previous fold level for the line.
|
|
|
|
This method is valid for @c wxEVT_STC_MODIFIED events when the result of
|
|
GetModificationType() includes @link
|
|
wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_MOD_CHANGEFOLD wxSTC_MOD_CHANGEFOLD@endlink.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetFoldLevelPrev() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns the key code of the key that generated this event.
|
|
|
|
This method is valid for the following event types:
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_CHARADDED
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_USERLISTSELECTION
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_SELECTION
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_COMPLETED
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetKey() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns the length (number of characters) of this event.
|
|
|
|
This method is valid for @c wxEVT_STC_MODIFIED and
|
|
@c wxEVT_STC_NEEDSHOWN events.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetLength() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns zero-based line number for this event.
|
|
|
|
This method is valid for @c wxEVT_STC_DOUBLECLICK and
|
|
@c wxEVT_STC_MODIFIED events.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetLine() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns the number of lines added or deleted with this event.
|
|
|
|
This method is valid for @c wxEVT_STC_MODIFIED events when the result of
|
|
GetModificationType() includes @link
|
|
wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_MOD_INSERTTEXT wxSTC_MOD_INSERTTEXT @endlink or
|
|
@link wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_MOD_DELETETEXT
|
|
wxSTC_MOD_DELETETEXT@endlink.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetLinesAdded() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns a value describing the action that closed the list.
|
|
|
|
The returned value will be one of the following constants:
|
|
|
|
<table>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td>@link wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_AC_FILLUP wxSTC_AC_FILLUP@endlink</td>
|
|
<td>A fillup character caused the completion.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td>@link wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_AC_DOUBLECLICK wxSTC_AC_DOUBLECLICK@endlink</td>
|
|
<td>A double-click caused the completion.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td>@link wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_AC_TAB wxSTC_AC_TAB@endlink</td>
|
|
<td>The tab key caused the completion.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td>@link wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_AC_NEWLINE wxSTC_AC_NEWLINE@endlink</td>
|
|
<td>The enter key caused the completion.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
<tr>
|
|
<td>@link wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_AC_COMMAND wxSTC_AC_COMMAND@endlink</td>
|
|
<td>The @link wxStyledTextCtrl::AutoCompComplete
|
|
wxStyledTextCtrl::AutoCompComplete@endlink method was called.</td>
|
|
</tr>
|
|
</table>
|
|
|
|
This method is valid for @c wxEVT_STC_USERLISTSELECTION,
|
|
@c wxEVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_SELECTION, and @c wxEVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_COMPLETED
|
|
events.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.1
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetListCompletionMethod() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns the list type for this event.
|
|
|
|
The list type is an integer passed to a list when it is created with
|
|
the @link wxStyledTextCtrl::UserListShow
|
|
wxStyledTextCtrl::UserListShow @endlink method and can be used to
|
|
distinguish lists if more than one is used.
|
|
|
|
This method is valid for @c wxEVT_STC_USERLISTSELECTION events.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetListType() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns the value of the LParam field for this event.
|
|
|
|
This method is valid for @c wxEVT_STC_MACRORECORD events.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetLParam() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns the zero-based index of the margin that generated this event.
|
|
|
|
This method is valid for @c wxEVT_STC_MARGINCLICK and
|
|
@c wxEVT_STC_MARGIN_RIGHT_CLICK events.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetMargin() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns a message number while a macro is being recorded.
|
|
|
|
Many of the wxStyledTextCtrl methods such as @link
|
|
wxStyledTextCtrl::InsertText InsertText@endlink and @link
|
|
wxStyledTextCtrl::Paste Paste@endlink have an event number associated
|
|
with them. This method returns that number while a macro is being
|
|
recorded so that the macro can be played back later.
|
|
|
|
This method is valid for @c wxEVT_STC_MACRORECORD events.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetMessage() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns the modification type for this event.
|
|
|
|
The modification type is a bit list that describes the change that
|
|
generated this event. It may contain one or more of the following
|
|
values:
|
|
|
|
- @link wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_MOD_INSERTTEXT wxSTC_MOD_INSERTTEXT
|
|
@endlink
|
|
- @link wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_MOD_DELETETEXT wxSTC_MOD_DELETETEXT
|
|
@endlink
|
|
- @link wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_MOD_CHANGESTYLE wxSTC_MOD_CHANGESTYLE
|
|
@endlink
|
|
- @link wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_MOD_CHANGEFOLD wxSTC_MOD_CHANGEFOLD
|
|
@endlink
|
|
- @link wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_PERFORMED_USER wxSTC_PERFORMED_USER
|
|
@endlink
|
|
- @link wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_PERFORMED_UNDO wxSTC_PERFORMED_UNDO
|
|
@endlink
|
|
- @link wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_PERFORMED_REDO wxSTC_PERFORMED_REDO
|
|
@endlink
|
|
- @link wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_MULTISTEPUNDOREDO
|
|
wxSTC_MULTISTEPUNDOREDO
|
|
@endlink
|
|
- @link wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_LASTSTEPINUNDOREDO
|
|
wxSTC_LASTSTEPINUNDOREDO
|
|
@endlink
|
|
- @link wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_MOD_CHANGEMARKER
|
|
wxSTC_MOD_CHANGEMARKER @endlink
|
|
- @link wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_MOD_BEFOREINSERT
|
|
wxSTC_MOD_BEFOREINSERT
|
|
@endlink
|
|
- @link wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_MOD_BEFOREDELETE
|
|
wxSTC_MOD_BEFOREDELETE
|
|
@endlink
|
|
- @link wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_MULTILINEUNDOREDO
|
|
wxSTC_MULTILINEUNDOREDO
|
|
@endlink
|
|
- @link wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_STARTACTION wxSTC_STARTACTION
|
|
@endlink
|
|
- @link wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_MOD_CHANGEINDICATOR
|
|
wxSTC_MOD_CHANGEINDICATOR
|
|
@endlink
|
|
- @link wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_MOD_CHANGELINESTATE
|
|
wxSTC_MOD_CHANGELINESTATE
|
|
@endlink
|
|
- @link wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_MOD_CHANGEMARGIN
|
|
wxSTC_MOD_CHANGEMARGIN
|
|
@endlink
|
|
- @link wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_MOD_CHANGEANNOTATION
|
|
wxSTC_MOD_CHANGEANNOTATION
|
|
@endlink
|
|
- @link wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_MOD_CONTAINER
|
|
wxSTC_MOD_CONTAINER
|
|
@endlink
|
|
- @link wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_MOD_LEXERSTATE
|
|
wxSTC_MOD_LEXERSTATE
|
|
@endlink
|
|
- @link wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_MOD_INSERTCHECK
|
|
wxSTC_MOD_INSERTCHECK
|
|
@endlink
|
|
- @link wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_MOD_CHANGETABSTOPS
|
|
wxSTC_MOD_CHANGETABSTOPS
|
|
@endlink
|
|
|
|
This method is valid for @c wxEVT_STC_MODIFIED events.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetModificationType() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns the modifiers of the key press or mouse click for this event.
|
|
|
|
The returned value is a bit list that may contain one or more of the
|
|
following values:
|
|
|
|
- @link wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_KEYMOD_SHIFT wxSTC_KEYMOD_SHIFT @endlink
|
|
- @link wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_KEYMOD_CTRL wxSTC_KEYMOD_CTRL @endlink
|
|
- @link wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_KEYMOD_ALT wxSTC_KEYMOD_ALT @endlink
|
|
- @link wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_KEYMOD_SUPER wxSTC_KEYMOD_SUPER @endlink
|
|
- @link wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_KEYMOD_META wxSTC_KEYMOD_META @endlink
|
|
|
|
In addition, the value can be checked for equality with @link
|
|
wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_KEYMOD_NORM wxSTC_KEYMOD_NORM @endlink to test
|
|
if no modifiers are present.
|
|
|
|
This method is valid for the following event types:
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_DOUBLECLICK
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_MARGINCLICK
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_HOTSPOT_CLICK
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_HOTSPOT_DCLICK
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_HOTSPOT_RELEASE_CLICK
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_INDICATOR_CLICK
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_INDICATOR_RELEASE
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_MARGIN_RIGHT_CLICK
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetModifiers() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns the zero-based text position associated this event.
|
|
|
|
This method is valid for the following event types:
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_STYLENEEDED
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_DOUBLECLICK
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_MODIFIED
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_MARGINCLICK
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_NEEDSHOWN
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_USERLISTSELECTION
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_DWELLSTART
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_DWELLEND
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_HOTSPOT_CLICK
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_HOTSPOT_DCLICK
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_HOTSPOT_RELEASE_CLICK
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_INDICATOR_CLICK
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_INDICATOR_RELEASE
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_CALLTIP_CLICK
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_SELECTION
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_COMPLETED
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_MARGIN_RIGHT_CLICK
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetPosition() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns true if the Shift key is pressed.
|
|
|
|
This method is valid for the following event types:
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_DOUBLECLICK
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_MARGINCLICK
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_HOTSPOT_CLICK
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_HOTSPOT_DCLICK
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_HOTSPOT_RELEASE_CLICK
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_INDICATOR_CLICK
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_INDICATOR_RELEASE
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_MARGIN_RIGHT_CLICK
|
|
*/
|
|
bool GetShift() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@deprecated Use GetString() instead.
|
|
*/
|
|
wxString GetText() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns the token value for this event.
|
|
|
|
The token is an integer value that can be set with a call to the
|
|
@link wxStyledTextCtrl::AddUndoAction
|
|
wxStyledTextCtrl::AddUndoAction@endlink method.
|
|
|
|
This method is valid for @c wxEVT_STC_MODIFIED events when the result of
|
|
GetModificationType() includes @link
|
|
wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_MOD_CONTAINER wxSTC_MOD_CONTAINER@endlink.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetToken() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns the value of the updated field for this event.
|
|
|
|
The value of this field is a bit list that describes the change that
|
|
generated this event. It may contain one or more of the following
|
|
values:
|
|
|
|
- @link wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_UPDATE_CONTENT wxSTC_UPDATE_CONTENT
|
|
@endlink
|
|
- @link wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_UPDATE_SELECTION wxSTC_UPDATE_SELECTION
|
|
@endlink
|
|
- @link wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_UPDATE_V_SCROLL wxSTC_UPDATE_V_SCROLL
|
|
@endlink
|
|
- @link wxStyledTextEvent::wxSTC_UPDATE_H_SCROLL wxSTC_UPDATE_H_SCROLL
|
|
@endlink
|
|
|
|
This method is valid for @c wxEVT_STC_UPDATEUI events.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetUpdated() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns value of the WParam field for this event.
|
|
|
|
This method is valid for @c wxEVT_STC_MACRORECORD events.
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetWParam() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns the X coordinate of the mouse for this event.
|
|
|
|
This method is valid for the following event types:
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_DWELLSTART
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_DWELLEND
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_START_DRAG
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_DRAG_OVER
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_DO_DROP
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetX() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Returns the Y coordinate of the mouse for this event.
|
|
|
|
This method is valid for the following event types:
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_DWELLSTART
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_DWELLEND
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_START_DRAG
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_DRAG_OVER
|
|
- @c wxEVT_STC_DO_DROP
|
|
*/
|
|
int GetY() const;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets the annotation lines added value for this event.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetAnnotationLinesAdded(int val);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets the drag flags for this event.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetDragFlags(int flags);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets the drag result for this event.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetDragResult(wxDragResult val);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets the drag text for this event.
|
|
|
|
@deprecated
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetDragText(const wxString& val);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets the current fold level for this event.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetFoldLevelNow(int val);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets the previous fold level for this event.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetFoldLevelPrev(int val);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets the key code for this event.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetKey(int k);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets the length value for this event.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetLength(int len);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets line number for this event.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetLine(int val);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets the number of lines added for this event.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetLinesAdded(int num);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets the list completion method for this event.
|
|
|
|
@since 3.1.1
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetListCompletionMethod(int val);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets the list type for this event.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetListType(int val);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets value of the LParam field for this event.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetLParam(int val);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets margin number for this event.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetMargin(int val);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets message number for this event.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetMessage(int val);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets the modification type for this event.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetModificationType(int t);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets the value of the modifiers field for this event.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetModifiers(int m);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets file position for this event.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetPosition(int pos);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets the text for this event.
|
|
|
|
@deprecated
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetText(const wxString& t);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets the token for this event.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetToken(int val);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets the value of the updated field for this event.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetUpdated(int val);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets the value of the WParam field for this event.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetWParam(int val);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets the X value for this event.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetX(int val);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets the Y value for this event.
|
|
*/
|
|
void SetY(int val);
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_CHANGE;
|
|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_STYLENEEDED;
|
|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_CHARADDED;
|
|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_SAVEPOINTREACHED;
|
|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_SAVEPOINTLEFT;
|
|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_ROMODIFYATTEMPT;
|
|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_KEY;
|
|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_DOUBLECLICK;
|
|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_UPDATEUI;
|
|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_MODIFIED;
|
|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_MACRORECORD;
|
|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_MARGINCLICK;
|
|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_NEEDSHOWN;
|
|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_PAINTED;
|
|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_USERLISTSELECTION;
|
|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_URIDROPPED;
|
|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_DWELLSTART;
|
|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_DWELLEND;
|
|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_START_DRAG;
|
|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_DRAG_OVER;
|
|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_DO_DROP;
|
|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_ZOOM;
|
|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_HOTSPOT_CLICK;
|
|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_HOTSPOT_DCLICK;
|
|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_CALLTIP_CLICK;
|
|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_SELECTION;
|
|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_INDICATOR_CLICK;
|
|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_INDICATOR_RELEASE;
|
|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_CANCELLED;
|
|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_CHAR_DELETED;
|
|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_HOTSPOT_RELEASE_CLICK;
|
|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_CLIPBOARD_COPY;
|
|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_CLIPBOARD_PASTE;
|
|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_COMPLETED;
|
|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_MARGIN_RIGHT_CLICK;
|